THE
EXACT
OPERATION
OF
INSTRVMENTALL
DIMENSIONS
BY
DIVERS
MEANES
.
The
third
Booke
.
THE
ARGVMENT
OF
THIS
BOOKE
.
THis
Booke
tendeth
chiefly
to
matter
of
Suruey
,
wherein
is
first
described
and
declared
the
seuerall
Jnstruments
,
fit
for
that
purpose
(
with
their
vse
in
practise
)
as
the
Theodelite
,
the
Playne
table
,
and
Circumferentor
,
whereunto
J
haue
added
an
absolute
Instrument
,
which
J
call
the
Peractor
,
together
with
the
making
and
vse
of
the
Decimal
Chayne
,
vsed
only
by
my selfe
;
then
is
taught
the
vse
of
a
necessarie
Field-booke
;
the
taking
,
protracting
,
and
laying
downe
of
angles
diuers
wayes
;
the
reducing
of
customarie
measures
into
Statute
measure
,
and
the
contrarie
,
shewing
their
difference
;
the
vse
of
the
table
of
Synes
,
and
the
diuided
sights
on
the
Circumferentor
,
withsupply
of
those
defects
in
the
ordinary
vse
of
the
Playne
table
,
by
ignorant
persons
;
the
meanes
to
take
Altitudes
,
Longitudes
,
Latitudes
,
and
inaccessible
Distances
,
aswell
by
synicall
computation
,
as
diuers
other
meanes
;
the
Dimension
and
plotting
Instrumentally
of
all
manner
superficiall
figures
,
and
irregular
plots
,
by
diuers
and
sundrie
wayes
,
with
their
seuerall
protractions
accordingly
:
how
with
the
Playne
table
exactly
to
take
a
plot
of
the
largest
Forrest
on
one
sheet
of
paper
,
without
altering
thereof
:
the
means
of
Survaying
and
plotting
of
a
Lordship
or
Mannor
,
with
the
orderly
handling
of
the
same
:
the
wayes
and
meanes
Instrumentally
,
to
reduce
Hypothenusall
,
to
Horizontall
lines
,
and
the
contrarie
:
with
the
best
and
exactest
courses
to
be
held
in
the
dimension
,
and
plotting
of
Mountaynous
,
and
vn-euen
grounds
:
the
manner
of
inclosing
,
diuiding
,
and
laying
out
of
Commons
,
wasts
,
or
common
Fields
,
into
any
parts
required
:
the
ordering
of
a
plot
after
the
protraction
thereof
:
the
reducing
of
plots
from
a
greater
to
a
lesser
forme
,
and
the
contrarie
:
and
lastly
,
the
speedie
reduction
of
perches
into
Acres
,
and
those
againe
into
perches
:
Most
exactly
and
artificially
wrought
,
by
the
best
and
most
immediate
meanes
for
those
purposes
.
CHAP.
I.
Of
the
seuerall
Instruments
in
vse
,
meete
for
Suruaie
;
which
of
them
are
most
fit
for
vse
,
and
somewhat
concerning
their
abuse
.
BEfore
we
enter
the
fieldes
to
suruaie
,
I
hold
it
necessarie
wee
prouide
vs
of
fitting
furniture
for
the
purpose
,
lest
by
our
neglect
therein
,
those
by
whom
wee
haue
imployment
receyue
no
lesse
losse
and
preiudice
,
then
our selues
shame
and
reproch
:
Wherefore
let
vs
first
consider
what
Instruments
are
most
vsuall
,
and
then
of
those
,
what
most
fit
for
our
present
purpose
.
The
Instruments
now
most
in
vse
are
the
Theodelite
,
Plaine-table
and
Circumferentor
,
whereunto
I
will
adde
one
more
,
which
I
call
the
Peractor
,
vsed
onely
by
my selfe
,
and
certaine
friends
by
my
directions
;
Of
all
which
I
will
hereafter
make
briefe
and
particular
descriptions
,
aswell
concerning
their
seuerall
parts
and
composition
,
as
of
their
vse
in
practise
.
Nor
will
I
exclude
or
wholly
neglect
the
Familiar
Staffe
of
M.
Iohn
Blagraue
,
and
the
Geodeticall
staffe
and
Topographicall
glasse
of
M.
Arthur
Hopton
(
though
now
together
dead
)
or
any
other
Instrument
which
are
,
or
hereafter
may
be
by
the
artor
industry
of
any
man
,
artificially
inuented
or
composed
for
his
owne
,
or
others
vse
.
For
,
as
I
tye
not
my selfe
to
the
vse
of
any
one
Instrument
,
at
all
times
,
nor
on
all
occasions
,
but
for
a
large
and
spacious
businesse
vse
the
Circumferentor
or
Peractor
(
as
for
many
reasons
most
necessary
and
conuenient
)
and
for
a
lesser
(
where
many
small
Inclosures
and
Town-ships
are
)
the
Plaine-Table
;
although
eyther
of
the
other
will
well
serue
for
performance
of
eyther
kind
(
and
therefore
if
possibly
you
may
,
in
one
and
the
same
businesse
,
vse
euer
one
and
the
same
Instrument
,
for
auoyding
many
inconueniences
:
)
So
will
I
not
limit
my
Surueyor
to
the
vse
of
any
one
Instrument
,
but
referre
him
to
all
or
any
at
his
pleasure
,
well
knowing
they
are
all
composed
and
framed
on
one
and
the
same
Theoricall
ground
:
and
although
in
performance
and
dispatch
,
one
may
be
more
speedy
then
another
(
wherein
I
finde
much
difference
,
with
the
same
exactnesse
)
yet
all
or
any
of
them
artificially
handled
,
are
to
excellent
vse
,
aswell
in
suruey
of
lands
,
as
the
performance
of
many
other
excellent
conclusions
Geometricall
.
Wherein
I
cannot
by
the
way
but
condemne
the
folly
of
diuers
,
who
(
deeming
themselues
more
wise
and
skilfull
,
then
any
other
shall
haue
iust
cause
to
conceiue
)
hauing
some
small
superficiall
vse
or
insight
into
some
one
of
these
Instruments
,
are
onely
wedded
to
that
,
and
ignorant
of
the
others
vse
,
will
condemne
them
as
vnmeet
and
insufficient
,
the
defect
consisting
in
their
owne
vnderstanding
.
But
I
must
needs
acknowledge
(
which
could
I
as
easily
reforme
,
I
should
deserue
well
at
the
hands
of
many
,
who
pay
deerely
for
it
)
that
by
the
ignorance
of
diuers
,
vsing
(
or
abusing
)
these
instruments
,
infinite
grosse
and
palpable
errors
and
abuses
are
dayly
committed
,
to
the
great
losse
and
preiudice
dice
of
many
,
who
receiue
secret
and
insensible
blowes
(
found
in
their
estates
,
though
vnfelt
in
themselues
)
who
for
my
part
shall
passe
vnpittied
(
saue
only
for
their
weakenesse
)
the
fault
being
chiefly
their
owne
,
when
out
of
a
penurious
sparing
,
to
yeeld
better
satisfaction
to
those
which
better
can
;
they
can
be
well
contented
blindly
to
swallow
frogges
for
flyes
,
and
to
pay
treble
damage
(
nay
perhaps
ten
fold
)
another
way
,
so
they
neyther
feele
nor
find
it
in
their
open
view
.
And
thus
much
concerning
the
seuerall
Instruments
in
generall
.
Next
of
their
Definitions
,
Parts
,
and
Compositions
particularly
.
CHAP.
II.
Of
the
Theodelite
and
his
seuerall
parts
,
with
the
Description
and
Composition
thereof
.
THis
Instrument
consisteth
of
foure
seuerall
parts
;
As
first
,
the
Planisphere
or
Circle
,
whose
limbe
is
diuided
into
360.
equall
parts
or
diuisions
,
called
degrees
,
without
which
it
is
fitting
equidistantly
to
draw
and
describe
sixe
concentricke
lines
or
circles
with
crosse
Diagonals
,
by
whose
intersections
are
had
the
parts
of
a
degree
:
vpon
which
Planisphere
,
and
within
the
diuisions
before
specified
,
there
is
described
the
Geometricall
square
,
being
the
second
part
thereof
both
which
together
,
or
eyther
of
them
seuerally
serue
to
excellent
purpose
,
for
the
dimension
of
lengthes
,
bredthes
and
distances
.
The
third
part
is
a
Semicircle
or
Quadrant
perpendicularly
raysed
,
and
artificially
placed
on
the
former
Planisphere
(
or
more
properly
on
the
Index
thereof
)
to
be
moued
about
circularly
at
pleasure
on
all
occasions
;
which
semicircle
or
quadrant
hath
the
limbe
thereof
equally
diuided
into
parts
or
degrees
,
with
like
concentricke
Circles
and
Diagonals
to
those
of
the
Planisphere
:
And
the
fourth
and
last
part
is
a
Scale
,
described
within
the
same
Semicircle
or
Quadrant
,
whose
sides
are
diuided
into
diuers
equall
parts
,
the
more
the
better
,
and
to
best
purpose
;
which
two
later
parts
serue
chiefly
for
the
mensuration
of
altitudes
and
profundities
;
All
which
together
composed
,
make
an
excellent
Instrument
meete
for
many
purposes
,
especially
for
the
description
of
Regions
and
Countries
,
or
other
spacious
workes
.
This
Instrument
would
aske
a
farre
more
exact
and
particular
description
,
which
for
three
principall
reasons
I
will
here
omit
;
First
,
for
that
I
hold
it
(
although
a
generall
and
fit
Instrument
for
all
mensurations
,
yet
in
particular
)
for
this
our
businesse
of
Suruey
,
not
altogether
so
fitting
and
commodious
as
the
rest
before
named
,
by
reason
of
the
multiplicity
of
Diuisions
therein
contained
,
which
will
bee
so
much
the
more
troublesome
in
vse
and
protraction
:
Secondly
,
for
that
M.
Thomas
Digges
in
his
Pantometria
,
hath
made
a
large
and
particular
description
thereof
:
And
thirdly
and
lastly
,
for
that
M.
Allen
,
who
makes
of
these
and
all
other
Geometricall
Instruments
in
mettall
,
is
so
well
acquainted
with
the
parts
and
composition
thereof
,
that
whosoeuer
purposeth
to
vse
the
same
,
needeth
only
to
bespeake
it
of
him
,
without
further
instruction
or
direction
to
him
.
The
vse
and
imployment
whereof
shall
be
hereafter
touched
.
And
thus
much
for
this
Instrument
and
the
description
thereof
.
CHAP.
III.
The
Playne
table
and
his
seuerall
parts
,
with
the
description
and
composition
thereof
.
THis
Instrument
for
the
playnenesse
and
perspicuitie
thereof
,
and
of
his
easie
vse
in
practise
,
receiueth
aptly
the
name
,
and
appellation
of
the
Playne
Table
.
A
most
excellent
and
absolute
Instrument
,
for
this
our
purpose
in
Suruey
;
but
with
all
,
by
reason
of
this
his
playnenesse
(
offering
it selfe
at
first
view
,
in
some
measure
,
to
the
weake
vnderstanding
of
meanest
capacities
,
inciting
them
thereby
to
the
practise
thereof
)
is
more
subiect
to
abuse
,
then
all
,
or
any
of
the
rest
:
For
notwithstanding
that
these
,
by
the
common
and
ordinary
vse
and
practice
of
this
Instrument
,
may
easily
attayne
to
a
reasonable
truth
in
Dimension
and
plotting
of
regular
and
euen
Playnes
;
yet
,
if
they
come
to
irregular
and
vn-euen
formes
,
as
Hills
and
Dales
,
they
are
so
farre
vnfitting
for
the
true
mensuration
thereof
,
that
many
vsing
this
Instrument
,
neglect
the
meanes
,
and
those
proper
parts
of
the
same
Instrument
(
being
the
sights
hereafter
specified
,
whereof
they
know
no
vse
)
which
is
their
onely
helpe
and
aide
in
this
kinde
.
But
,
lest
this
relation
should
be
held
digression
,
le
ts
returne
to
the
purpose
.
This
Table
it selfe
is
diuided
into
fiue
parts
,
or
small
bords
,
whereof
three
are
in
the
bredth
,
and
the
other
two
imployed
as
ledges
in
the
length
,
to
keepe
the
rest
together
,
whereunto
a
ioynted
frame
is
artificially
applyed
,
for
the
fastning
and
keeping
playne
thereon
,
an
ordinarie
sheet
of
paper
for
vse
in
the
fields
;
of
which
length
and
bredth
,
or
rather
lesse
,
as
14½·
inches
in
length
,
and
11.
in
bredth
,
the
whole
Table
together
should
consist
.
But
for
my
purpose
,
I
would
haue
made
of
these
three
boords
in
bredth
,
with
helpe
of
ledges
,
to
be
thereon
glued
,
to
the
back-side
thereof
,
and
strong
ioynts
or
gemmowes
,
fastning
them
together
,
an
artificiall
boxe
;
which
at
any
instant
being
opened
,
and
the
ledges
fastned
on
,
is
fit
for
vse
in
the
Fields
,
and
afterwards
those
ledges
taken
away
,
may
be
as
instantly
turned
back
wards
,
and
inclosed
as
before
,
fit
for
the
keeping
of
loose
papers
and
small
tooles
,
till
further
occasion
.
Which
if
any
desire
to
vse
,
M.
Iohn
Thomson
in
Hosier-Lane
,
will
artificially
fit
him
.
To
this
Instrument
doth
also
belong
a
Ruler
with
two
fights
thereon
,
which
by
diuers
men
are
vsed
of
diuers
kindes
,
but
by
the
best
Playne
Table
men
(
as
occasion
serues
)
those
of
M.
IOHN
GOODWYNS
inuention
,
that
excellent
and
honest
Artist
,
whose
liuing
Name
(
though
himselfe
be
dead
)
I
cannot
remember
without
good
respect
.
This
Ruler
is
to
contayne
in
length
about
16.
inches
,
or
as
long
or
longer
then
the
table
,
for
drawing
parallel
lines
on
the
paper
fastned
thereon
,
by
the
equall
and
opposite
diuisions
on
the
frame
;
it
is
likewise
to
contayne
in
bredth
about
two
inches
or
vpwards
,
and
in
thicknes
halfe
an
inch
;
the
sights
thereof
are
double
in
length
the
one
to
the
other
,
the
longer
contayning
about
12.
inches
,
and
the
shorter
halfe
as
much
;
on
the
head
or
top
of
which
shorter
sight
,
must
be
placed
a
wyer
or
brasse
pin
;
and
to
this
sight
there
must
be
fastned
a
thred
and
plummet
,
to
place
the
Instrument
Horizontally
;
through
the
longer
sight
must
be
made
a
slit
,
extending
almost
the
whole
length
of
the
sight
.
These
two
sights
thus
prepared
,
are
to
be
placed
perpendicularly
on
the
Ruler
,
by
square
mortesses
,
made
to
that
purpose
through
the
same
,
in
such
sort
as
the
brasse
pin
on
the
shorter
sight
,
and
the
slit
through
the
longer
sight
,
be
precisely
ouer
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
Ruler
;
either
sight
being
equi-distantly
placed
from
each
end
of
the
Ruler
,
and
the
space
betweene
the
sights
to
be
exactly
the
iust
length
of
the
longer
sight
,
or
to
speake
more
properly
of
the
diuided
part
of
the
same
sight
;
(
which
is
alwayes
to
be
vnderstood
when
I
speake
of
the
length
thereof
.
)
Vpon
this
longer
sight
there
is
to
be
placed
a
vane
of
brasse
,
to
be
remoued
vp
or
downe
at
pleasure
;
through
which
a
small
sight
hole
is
to
be
made
,
answerable
to
the
slit
in
the
same
sight
,
and
the
edge
of
the
vane
.
By
these
sights
thus
placed
on
the
Ruler
,
there
is
proiected
a
Geometrical
square
,
whose
side
is
the
diuided
part
of
the
long
sight
,
or
the
distance
betweene
the
two
sights
.
In
the
middle
of
which
long
sight
,
ouerthwart
the
same
,
there
is
drawne
a
line
called
the
line
of
leuell
,
diuiding
the
side
of
the
proiected
square
into
two
equall
parts
,
also
the
same
side
is
on
this
sight
diuided
into
100.
equall
parts
,
which
are
numbred
vpwards
and
downewards
,
from
the
line
of
leuell
,
by
fiues
and
tens
to
50.
on
either
side
,
which
diuisions
are
called
the
Scale
.
There
is
also
on
the
same
sight
expressed
another
sort
of
diuision
,
representing
the
Hypothenusall
lines
of
the
same
square
,
as
they
increase
by
vnits
,
and
are
likewise
numbred
vpwards
and
downewards
from
the
line
of
leuel
,
from
one
to
12.
as
1
,
2
,
3
,
&c.
signifying
101
,
102
,
103
,
&c.
which
declare
how
much
an
Hypothenusall
or
slope
line
,
drawne
ouer
the
same
square
(
that
is
,
from
the
pinnes
head
to
any
such
diuision
)
exceedeth
the
direct
horizontall
line
,
being
the
side
of
the
same
square
.
There
is
moreouer
a
third
sort
of
diuisions
on
this
sight
,
representing
the
degrees
of
a
quadrant
(
or
as
many
as
can
well
be
expressed
on
the
same
sight
being
25.
)
which
are
(
as
those
before
)
numbred
,
from
the
line
of
leuell
vpwards
and
downewards
,
by
fiues
and
tens
to
25.
which
diuisions
are
called
the
quadrant
.
Likewise
there
may
be
placed
on
the
surface
,
or
vpper
part
of
this
Ruler
,
the
table
of
Synes
,
mentioned
in
the
description
of
the
Circumferentor
,
next
hereafter
following
;
very
necessary
for
vse
,
as
shall
hereafter
partly
appeare
.
Yet
would
I
further
aduise
concerning
this
Instrument
;
that
in
playne
and
leuell
grounds
,
where
is
no
vse
of
reducing
Hypothenusall
lines
;
instead
of
those
long
sights
formerly
expressed
,
to
haue
vsed
such
double
sights
as
are
hereafter
mentioned
in
the
description
of
the
Peractor
,
which
are
farre
more
readie
,
and
lesse
cumbersome
for
vse
,
especially
in
rough
and
boysterous
weather
.
And
likewise
,
when
occasion
shall
be
offered
,
by
irregular
and
vn-euen
grounds
,
to
reduce
those
Hypothenusall
lines
,
to
vse
in
stead
of
those
long
sights
,
the
quadrant
hereafter
likewise
specified
in
the
same
description
,
which
when
need
requires
may
be
easily
fixed
to
the
Ruler
;
and
as
soone
laid
by
,
hauing
no
further
vse
,
for
of
all
other
meanes
in
taking
of
heights
,
and
especially
for
reducing
of
those
Hypothenusall
lines
,
I
hold
that
quadrant
artificially
handled
to
be
most
readie
and
exact
,
all
conclusions
being
speedily
wrought
therewith
without
Arithmetick
,
or
other
collaterall
computation
whatsoeuer
.
To
this
Instrument
belongeth
diuers
other
ordinary
parts
,
whereof
I
shall
not
neede
particularly
to
speake
,
seeing
most
men
(
if
not
too
many
)
already
know
them
,
being
of
ordinarie
vse
;
as
the
Socket
,
the
Boxe
and
Needle
with
the
staffe
or
foote
thereof
,
&c.
CHAP.
IIII.
The
Circumferentor
with
his
parts
,
description
,
and
composition
.
THis
Instrument
for
expedition
and
portabilitie
,
exceedeth
far
the
rest
,
and
nothing
inferior
to
any
for
exactnesse
,
if
care
and
arte
be
vsed
;
but
not
so
vulgarly
vsed
(
though
much
more
generall
for
vse
)
as
the
playne
Table
is
;
the
full
and
perfect
vse
thereof
,
not
lying
so
open
and
apparant
to
all
mens
vnderstanding
,
as
the
other
is
.
It
is
made
and
framed
of
well
seasoned
boxe
,
contayning
in
length
about
eight
inches
,
in
bredth
halfe
as
much
,
and
in
thicknesse
about
4/3·
of
an
inch
;
the
left
side
whereof
is
besyled
,
and
diuided
into
diuers
equall
parts
,
most
fitly
of
12.
in
an
inch
,
to
be
vsed
as
the
Scale
of
a
Protractor
,
the
Instrument
it selfe
seruing
well
to
protract
the
plat
on
paper
,
by
helpe
of
the
needle
,
and
the
degrees
of
angles
and
lengths
of
lines
,
taken
in
the
field
,
and
entred
into
your
field
Booke
,
as
shall
be
hereafter
shewne
.
About
the
middle
in
the
surface
thereof
,
a
round
hole
is
to
be
turned
of
the
depth
of
halfe
an
inch
,
whereof
the
Diameter
to
be
about
3½·
inches
,
to
place
a
carde
and
needle
therein
,
to
be
couered
ouer
with
cleere
glasse
.
The
best
carde
for
this
purpose
is
that
,
diuided
in
the
limbe
into
120.
equall
parts
or
degrees
,
with
a
Dyall
according
to
the
Azimuths
of
the
Sunne
,
wherein
the
houres
are
numbred
,
and
the
moneths
named
,
seruing
very
aptly
to
shew
the
time
of
the
day
.
Besides
,
on
the
surface
hereof
is
placed
the
table
of
Synes
,
calculated
from
the
quadrant
of
a
circle
so
diuided
,
as
the
carde
before
specified
;
the
arch
of
this
quadrant
being
30.
degrees
,
and
the
semidiameter
or
totall
syne
thereof
,
is
diuided
into
1000.
equall
parts
,
and
numbers
placed
accordingly
,
answering
to
euery
degree
and
halfe
degree
,
seruing
to
expresse
the
length
of
euery
right
syne
for
the
Dimension
and
Supputation
of
Triangles
,
as
shall
be
partly
hereafter
shewne
,
and
in
the
meane
space
the
Table
is
here
expressed
.
Tabula
Sinuum
.
½
|
26
|
|
334
|
|
609
|
|
824
|
|
959
|
1
|
52
|
7
|
358
|
13
|
629
|
19
|
839
|
25
|
969
|
|
78
|
|
383
|
|
649
|
|
853
|
|
972
|
2
|
104
|
8
|
407
|
14
|
669
|
20
|
866
|
26
|
978
|
|
130
|
|
430
|
|
688
|
|
879
|
|
983
|
3
|
156
|
9
|
454
|
15
|
707
|
21
|
891
|
27
|
987
|
|
182
|
|
477
|
|
725
|
|
902
|
|
991
|
4
|
208
|
10
|
500
|
16
|
743
|
22
|
913
|
28
|
994
|
|
233
|
|
522
|
|
760
|
|
923
|
|
997
|
5
|
259
|
11
|
544
|
17
|
777
|
23
|
933
|
29
|
998
|
|
284
|
|
566
|
|
793
|
|
943
|
|
999
|
6
|
309
|
12
|
588
|
18
|
809
|
24
|
951
|
30
|
1000
|
There
is
also
hereunto
belonging
two
sights
,
double
in
length
,
the
one
vnto
the
other
,
the
longer
contayning
about
seuen
inches
or
vpwards
,
being
placed
,
and
diuided
in
all
respects
,
as
those
formerly
mentioned
in
the
description
of
the
playne
Table
;
the
shorter
sight
of
these
hauing
one
propertie
and
vse
,
which
that
(
as
needlesse
)
hath
not
,
being
this
,
in
the
edge
thereof
,
towards
the
vpper
part
is
placed
a
small
wyer
,
representing
the
center
of
a
supposed
circle
,
the
semidiameter
whereof
is
that
part
of
the
same
sight
,
betweene
the
wyer
,
and
a
perpendicular
point
on
the
edge
of
the
Instrument
vnderneath
the
same
;
which
part
is
imagined
to
be
diuided
into
60.
equall
parts
,
and
according
to
those
diuisions
is
the
right
edge
of
the
Instrument
,
diuided
and
numbred
from
the
perpendicular
point
by
fiues
and
tens
,
as
5.10.15
.
&c.
And
also
from
the
same
point
on
the
surface
and
vpper
edge
of
the
Instrument
is
perfected
,
the
degrees
of
a
Quadrant
supplying
the
residue
of
those
which
could
not
be
expressed
on
the
long
sight
from
25
,
to
90.
by
tens
,
&c.
For
the
vse
of
these
Diuisions
is
there
also
belonging
hereunto
an
Index
or
small
Rule
,
at
the
one
end
whereof
is
a
Centre
hole
to
place
on
the
Wyer
in
the
edge
of
the
shorter
sight
,
and
at
the
other
end
a
sight
is
placed
,
answerable
to
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
same
Index
,
which
edge
is
likewise
diuided
according
to
those
diuisions
on
the
edge
of
the
Instrument
.
This
short
sight
is
to
haue
a
plummet
of
lead
hanging
in
a
fine
thred
,
seruing
to
place
the
Instrument
horizontally
.
Where
note
,
that
these
sights
,
and
their
seuerall
diuisions
serue
onely
for
Altitudes
,
Profundities
,
and
the
reducing
of
Hypothenusall
lines
to
horizontall
,
which
is
to
excellent
purpose
,
and
full
of
vse
.
But
when
there
is
no
occasion
or
vse
of
these
(
as
seldome
there
is
in
respect
of
other
vse
)
I
would
alwayes
haue
ready
,
such
double
sights
as
are
hereafter
expressed
in
the
description
of
the
Peractor
,
which
doubtlesse
are
of
excellent
vse
,
as
I
there
explaine
;
with
this
caution
,
that
you
alwayes
carefully
keepe
one
and
the
same
part
of
your
instrument
forwards
,
and
reccon
euer
your
degrees
in
one
and
the
same
end
of
your
Needle
.
The
foot
of
this
Instrument
is
that
with
three
staues
ioynted
in
the
head
,
and
to
be
taken
a
sunder
in
the
middle
with
brasse
sockets
,
according
to
the
vsuall
order
,
most
fitte
for
all
Instruments
,
except
in
such
cases
,
as
in
the
description
of
the
Peractor
is
excepted
.
And
these
are
the
seuerall
parts
of
this
Instrument
,
and
thus
is
it
composed
.
CHAP.
V.
The
Peractor
,
with
his
seuerall
parts
Description
and
Composition
.
AS
I
will
not
with
the
cunning
Wine-taster
forbeare
commendations
,
fearing
too
many
partners
;
So
will
I
refraine
wooing
any
to
vse
what
I
much
affect
,
further
then
reason
,
and
their
owne
iudgement
shall
rule
them
therein
.
But
thus
much
will
I
boldly
speake
and
maintaine
of
this
Instrument
,
that
for
generall
vse
,
perspicuity
,
speed
and
perfection
,
it
may
well
compare
with
any
hitherto
in
vse
.
It
consisteth
of
a
Planisphere
in
brasse
,
much
like
vnto
that
of
the
Theodelite
,
but
where
the
limbe
of
that
is
diuided
into
360.
parts
or
degrees
;
this
is
only
into
120.
(
so
that
each
of
these
containeth
three
of
those
)
and
these
subdeuided
into
halfes
and
quarters
towards
the
limbe
thereof
,
without
which
diuisions
,
there
are
drawne
and
described
three
concentricke
Circles
,
being
crossed
with
Diagonals
,
by
whose
intersections
are
exactly
expressed
the
third
part
of
euery
degree
;
whereby
,
and
by
tripling
the
former
degrees
cut
(
if
occasion
require
)
is
had
exactly
the
degrees
of
the
Theodelite
considering
that
ten
of
these
contain
thirty
of
those
,
wherewith
in
matter
of
Suruey
we
shall
little
need
to
trouble
our selues
.
And
here
haue
we
large
and
spacious
degrees
with
their
exact
parts
to
¼·
(
which
in
others
wee
want
)
by
meanes
whereof
,
and
with
helpe
of
such
a
chaine
,
as
I
alwayes
vse
(
which
shall
be
next
hereafter
expressed
)
I
will
boldly
approue
and
maintaine
,
to
worke
with
much
more
facilitie
and
exactnes
,
and
come
neerer
the
precise
truth
then
any
other
can
possibly
doe
,
not
vsing
the
same
or
the
like
,
which
will
appeare
most
manifest
in
practise
to
all
mens
vnderstanding
.
There
is
also
an
Index
hereunto
belonging
,
fixed
on
the
Centre
as
that
of
the
Theodelite
,
with
two
sights
thereon
placed
,
with
sliding
loopes
,
eyther
of
them
alike
,
and
of
like
length
,
and
eyther
of
them
double
sighted
,
the
one
hauing
a
slitte
beneath
,
and
a
thred
aboue
,
the
other
a
thred
beneath
,
and
a
slit
aboue
,
seruing
to
looke
backwards
and
forwards
at
pleasure
,
without
turning
about
or
stirring
the
Instrument
,
when
the
Needle
is
at
quiet
;
whereby
I
saue
neere
halfe
the
labor
,
and
halfe
the
time
that
any
man
shall
spend
with
other
sights
,
for
that
hereby
I
need
plant
mine
Instrument
but
at
each
other
Angle
,
which
is
no
small
helpe
for
expedition
,
and
such
a
meanes
for
exactnesse
rightly
handled
,
as
few
will
imagine
without
due
proofe
;
and
that
without
trouble
of
sending
one
before
,
and
leauing
another
behind
,
as
is
vsually
accustomed
.
Neyther
vse
I
these
sights
with
this
Instrument
onely
,
but
with
all
others
as
the
Theodelite
,
Plaine-Table
,
and
Circumferentor
.
diagram
Then
is
there
also
hereunto
belonging
other
vsuall
parts
,
as
a
boxe
of
brasse
on
the
Centre
to
containe
a
Carde
and
Needle
therein
,
such
as
is
formerly
expressed
for
the
Circumferentor
,
to
be
likewise
couered
ouer
with
cleere
glasse
,
and
close
stopped
with
red
waxe
about
the
edge
thereof
,
to
defend
the
Needle
from
Winde
,
Wether
,
and
Ayre
,
the
onely
enemies
thereunto
.
Also
a
brasse
Socket
to
bee
scrued
on
with
foure
scrue
pinnes
on
the
backe
of
the
Instrument
,
which
Socket
ought
to
be
precisely
turned
,
and
the
head
of
the
staffe
therewith
,
(
I
meane
the
brasse
part
thereof
)
which
will
neuer
otherwise
turne
euenly
and
nimbly
about
as
it
ought
,
the
one
within
the
other
,
without
iercking
and
starting
,
which
much
troubleth
the
Needle
in
finding
his
naturall
point
and
place
of
rest
.
And
if
any
doubt
the
truth
of
his
Needle
,
let
him
take
backe
sights
for
his
better
satisfaction
therein
.
And
lastly
,
for
this
as
for
the
rest
the
like
staffe
is
to
be
prouided
as
before
is
spoken
of
,
which
for
all
purposes
is
the
absolute
best
,
except
onely
for
water
leuels
,
and
the
works
thereunto
belonging
,
wherein
it
is
necessary
at
all
times
,
and
at
each
seuerall
stacion
to
keepe
the
instrument
at
one
and
the
same
horizontall
distance
,
which
otherwise
may
breede
much
cumber
,
and
no
lesse
incertainety
in
those
conclusions
;
wherefore
for
those
and
the
like
occasions
,
a
foot
with
one
staffe
,
hauing
three
iron
pikes
therein
,
after
the
old
order
is
best
,
and
to
best
purpose
.
The
making
of
this
Instrument
and
the
rest
in
brasse
are
well
knowne
to
M.
ELIAS
ALLEN
in
the
Strand
;
and
of
those
in
wood
to
M.
IOHN
THOMPSON
in
Hosyer
Lane.
And
thus
haue
I
briefly
described
these
seuerall
Instruments
with
their
particular
parts
,
laying
them
before
my
Surueyor
to
take
his
choyse
as
his
fancie
leades
him
;
But
in
mine
opinion
all
are
better
then
any
;
so
shall
hee
best
know
what
is
best
for
his
purpose
.
And
now
let
vs
consider
,
what
other
necessaries
are
yet
to
bee
prouided
,
before
wee
beginne
our
businesse
,
for
feare
wee
are
to
seeke
when
occasion
serues
for
vse
.
As
the
Chaine
,
Protractor
,
Field-booke
,
and
the
Scale
and
Compasse
whereof
we
will
further
speake
.
CHAP.
VI.
The
making
and
diuision
of
a
Chaine
,
called
the
Decimall
Chaine
.
THis
is
the
chaine
before
spoken
of
in
the
Peractors
description
;
which
for
conueniencie
in
carryage
,
and
auoyding
casualties
often
happening
to
breake
it
(
though
made
of
a
full
round
wyer
)
I
would
aduise
should
containe
in
length
but
onely
two
statute
Poles
or
Perches
,
or
three
if
you
please
at
the
most
.
In
the
diuiding
whereof
it
is
to
bee
considered
,
that
the
statute
Perch
or
Pole
,
(
which
here
we
call
an
vnite
,
or
(
Comencemente
)
containeth
in
length
16
½
feete
.
which
is
,
198.
ynches
:
This
quantitie
is
first
to
be
diuided
into
10.
equall
parts
called
Primes
,
so
shall
euery
of
these
Primes
containe
in
length
19.
ynches
,
and
⅘·
of
an
ynch
:
And
then
these
Primes
to
bee
euery
of
them
subdiuided
into
other
10.
equall
parts
,
which
wee
will
call
Seconds
:
and
so
euery
of
these
Seconds
shall
containe
in
length
one
ynch
,
and
49/50·
parts
of
an
ynch
.
And
thus
is
the
whole
Perch
vnite
or
comencement
diuided
into
100.
equall
parts
or
linkes
called
Seconds
.
Which
Chaine
so
diuided
is
thus
to
bee
distinguished
and
marked
:
First
,
at
the
end
of
euery
fifth
Prime
,
or
fiftieth
second
or
lincke
,
which
is
the
end
of
euery
halfe
Pole
,
let
a
large
curtaine
ring
be
fastned
,
so
shall
you
haue
in
the
whole
Chaine
(
if
but
two
Poles
)
three
of
those
rings
;
the
middlemost
being
the
diuision
of
the
two
Poles
,
which
in
a
Chaine
of
this
length
is
easily
and
readily
discerned
from
those
rings
of
the
halfe
Poles
,
though
all
of
one
greatnes
.
Then
at
the
end
of
euery
Prime
,
that
is
,
at
the
end
of
euery
tenth
second
,
or
linke
,
let
a
small
curtaine
ring
be
placed
,
and
not
those
rings
of
brasse
wyer
,
as
is
vsuall
in
other
chaines
,
which
,
with
euery
bush
and
twig
are
continually
broken
off
,
and
lost
.
By
those
distinctions
this
Chaine
is
now
diuided
into
these
three
termes
,
Vnites
,
Primes
and
Seconds
,
whose
Characters
are
these
0.1.2
.
So
that
if
you
would
expresse
26.
Vnites
,
4.
Primes
,
and
5.
Seconds
,
they
are
thus
to
be
written
26
0
·
4
1
·
5
2
·
or
together
thus
,
26
0
4
1
5
2
·
or
more
briefly
thus
,
26
4
●
5
●
.
making
prickes
or
points
onely
ouer
the
Fractions
,
whereby
the
rest
may
be
conceyued
to
be
Vnites
,
or
Intigers
,
and
the
first
point
Primes
,
and
the
next
seconds
.
But
besides
these
diuisions
for
mine
owne
vse
,
I
alwayes
at
the
end
of
euery
2
½·
Primes
,
which
is
the
1/4
·
of
a
Pole
,
sowe
on
a
small
red
cloth
,
or
the
like
,
(
thrust
through
the
ring
of
the
chaine
,
and
at
euery
7
½·
Primes
being
the
¾·
of
a
Pole
;
the
like
of
yellow
,
or
some
other
apparant
colour
,
where
with
being
once
acquainted
,
and
thereunto
inured
,
you
shall
most
speedily
at
the
first
view
reckon
the
quantitie
of
euery
ring
,
remembring
that
if
it
bee
the
next
ring
,
short
of
the
red
,
it
is
two
Primes
,
if
the
next
ouer
,
three
,
if
the
next
short
of
the
yellow
,
it
is
7.
Primes
,
if
the
next
ouer
,
8.
if
the
next
short
of
a
great
halfe
ring
,
it
is
4.
the
next
ouer
,
6.
And
lastly
,
if
the
next
short
of
the
middle
great
ring
,
it
is
9.
and
if
the
next
ouer
,
1.
and
so
of
the
rest
;
Wherin
is
to
bee
noted
that
your
Chaine
thus
marked
,
is
alwayes
to
be
vsed
with
one
and
the
same
end
forwards
.
This
Chaine
thus
diuided
and
marked
,
you
haue
euery
whole
Pole
equal
to
10.
Primes
,
or
100.
seconds
,
euery
¾·
of
a
Pole
equall
to
7
½·
Primes
,
or
75.
seconds
,
which
is
¾·
of
100.
euery
halfe
Pole
equall
to
5.
Primes
,
or
50.
seconds
,
which
is
½·
of
100.
and
lastly
euery
¼·
of
a
Pole
equall
to
2
½·
Primes
,
or
25.
seconds
,
which
is
¼·
of
100.
And
here
is
to
bee
noted
,
that
in
the
ordinarie
vse
of
this
Chaine
for
measuring
and
platting
;
I
obserue
onely
Vnites
and
Primes
(
but
on
necessity
)
which
is
much
more
exact
then
the
ordinary
vse
;
but
hauing
occasion
to
make
diuision
or
separation
of
lands
,
or
for
the
dimension
of
common
fields
in
their
seuerall
parts
by
furlongs
or
wents
and
rigges
,
I
vse
my
Seconds
;
wherein
,
what
exactnes
and
most
excellent
vse
I
find
,
I
will
referre
to
those
who
can
descerne
the
difference
betweene
a
portion
lesse
then
two
ynches
,
the
length
of
my
second
,
and
that
of
6.
ynches
,
and
3/●6·
of
an
ynch
,
the
least
part
of
the
best
and
exactest
Chaine
now
commonly
vsed
;
but
with
those
of
the
last
of
long
twelues
I
will
not
meddle
.
But
here
me
thinkes
I
heare
the
Aduersarie
question
,
to
what
purpose
serues
this
nicenesse
of
ynches
in
Instrumentall
obseruation
,
when
comming
to
your
protraction
with
a
small
Scale
,
you
are
not
able
to
distinguish
feet
?
I
answere
(
and
to
purpose
)
thus
:
If
by
your
ordinary
Chaine
you
take
obseruation
in
your
Field-bookes
of
¼·
½·
and
¾·
and
few
or
none
otherwise
,
(
or
if
they
doe
,
to
small
purpose
,
as
they
afterwards
handle
the
matter
)
then
I
say
,
I
taking
my
obseruation
of
1.
2.
3.
or
4.
Primes
,
or
of
6.
7.
8.
or
9.
Primes
,
can
in
my
Protraction
with
a
small
Scale
and
Protractor
(
yet
mine
I
must
confesse
is
none
of
the
least
)
easily
distinguish
and
expresse
how
much
lesse
or
more
then
¼·
¾·
or
¾·
those
quantities
are
,
as
may
easily
appeare
,
with
due
obseruation
of
my
former
notes
.
Yet
may
it
bee
further
sayd
,
What
is
all
this
to
purpose
,
if
there
be
not
as
exact
a
meanes
to
obtaine
or
get
the
true
superficiall
content
in
casting
vp
the
plat
,
it
being
thus
exactly
layde
downe
?
I
may
answere
againe
,
Better
one
mischiefe
then
many
;
neyther
will
I
suffer
this
;
for
be
well
assured
,
I
will
not
be
so
carefull
in
that
,
and
altogether
carelesse
in
this
;
the
meanes
whereof
in
due
time
I
may
hereafter
shew
,
being
vnfit
for
this
place
;
hauing
already
inlarged
my
Chaine
in
length
more
by
a
Pole
,
then
first
I
meant
;
and
therefore
purpose
now
to
be
no
longer
chained
therein
.
The
making
of
this
Chaine
is
well
knowne
to
M.
CHRISTOPHER
IACKSON
at
the
Signe
of
the
Cocke
in
Crooked-Lane
,
who
by
my
directions
hath
made
of
them
for
me
,
and
hath
the
scantling
thereof
.
CHAP.
VII
.
Of
the
Protractor
and
the
Scale
thereof
.
diagram
PRouide
for
this
Protractor
a
fine
thinne
piece
of
brasse
well
polished
,
in
forme
of
a
long
square
,
as
the
Figure
E
F
K
I.
which
(
for
conueniencie
in
vse
)
ought
to
containe
in
length
from
G.
to
H.
about
5
¼·
inches
,
and
in
bredth
from
L.
to
B.
somewhat
better
then
3
½·
ynches
,
whereupon
draw
two
lines
as
G
H.
and
L
B.
cutting
each
other
precisely
at
right
Angles
in
the
point
D.
diuiding
the
Square
into
foure
equall
parts
,
then
on
the
point
D.
as
a
Centre
,
at
the
distance
of
D
L.
or
D
B.
describe
the
Semicircle
A
B
C.
(
for
it
is
not
materiall
,
or
of
necessitie
,
that
the
Diameter
thereof
should
agree
with
the
Diameter
of
the
Carde
in
the
Instrument
,
as
M.
Hopton
would
haue
it
in
the
62.
Chap.
of
his
Top.
glasse
)
then
diuide
the
limbe
of
the
Semicircle
A
B
C.
into
60.
equall
parts
or
degrees
,
numbring
them
by
fiues
and
tens
in
the
outward
space
to
60.
and
in
the
inward
space
from
60.
to
120.
as
in
the
figure
,
the
first
numbers
seruing
for
the
East
side
,
and
the
later
(
being
the
opposite
degrees
)
for
the
West
side
of
the
whole
Circle
,
so
is
a
labour
saued
of
diuiding
the
other
side
which
serues
to
no
purpose
;
then
let
the
edges
of
the
Scale
as
E
G.
E
F.
and
F
H.
be
somwhat
besiled
,
and
made
very
smooth
,
and
precisely
parallel
to
the
first
drawne
lines
respectiuely
,
and
aboue
the
rest
,
let
care
be
had
that
the
line
L
B.
bee
made
exactly
perpendicular
to
the
edge
E
F.
of
the
Scale
,
or
otherwise
great
errors
may
insue
in
the
vse
;
then
diuide
the
Parallel
degrees
at
eyther
end
of
the
Scale
,
betweene
E
G.
and
F
H.
And
let
the
Scale
of
12.
bee
placed
on
the
edge
E
F.
and
the
sale
of
11.
on
the
edge
of
the
backe
side
,
which
are
most
necessarie
and
meetest
for
vse
of
any
other
;
and
lastly
,
cut
out
the
square
about
the
Centre
D.
and
likewise
that
between
the
Semicircle
&
the
pricked
lines
,
hauing
care
that
the
line
G
H.
be
left
perfect
,
and
euen
with
the
Diameter
A
C.
being
the
meridian
line
,
and
the
guide
of
the
rest
.
And
so
is
this
worke
finished
.
Yet
would
I
haue
besides
in
some
spare
place
of
this
Protractor
,
or
on
the
backe
side
thereof
,
the
Sextans
described
,
which
is
mentioned
in
the
next
Chap.
Here
is
it
to
be
noted
,
that
this
PROTRACTOR
serueth
without
alteration
or
any
difference
,
aswell
for
the
PERACTOR
as
the
CIRCVMFERENTOR
.
But
if
you
would
haue
it
for
the
THEODELITE
,
then
must
the
limbe
of
the
Semicircle
bee
diuided
into
180.
equall
parts
,
and
numbers
placed
accordingly
,
which
is
all
the
difference
.
And
here
also
would
I
not
haue
you
forget
to
prouide
that
long
Protractor
formerly
mentioned
in
the
conclusion
of
the
second
part
of
my
second
Booke
,
which
will
stand
you
in
good
stead
.
Also
to
these
there
belongs
a
protracting
pinne
made
of
a
needle
(
according
to
the
Centre
hole
of
the
Protractor
)
to
be
placed
in
the
end
of
a
small
turned
sticke
;
or
of
Iuorie
,
as
best
likes
you
.
And
so
are
you
thus
farre
fitted
:
wherefore
to
the
rest
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
Of
the
ordinarie
Scale
with
the
Sextans
thereon
described
,
very
necessarie
for
vse
.
diagram
FOr
this
purpose
let
a
Ruler
of
Brasse
or
Boxe
(
but
brasse
the
better
)
be
prouided
,
as
the
Figure
A
B
C
D.
which
let
containe
in
length
about
7.
or
8.
ynches
,
and
in
bredth
about
two
ynches
,
or
somewhat
lesse
,
whereupon
on
the
one
side
let
bee
placed
two
Scales
,
the
one
of
11.
the
other
of
12.
in
an
ynch
;
and
on
the
same
side
,
let
there
be
also
described
a
Sextans
or
the
sixt
part
of
a
Circle
,
whose
chorde
E
F
,
(
which
is
alwayes
equall
to
the
Semidiameter
of
the
same
Circle
)
let
containe
in
length
about
two
ynches
or
lesse
,
and
let
the
limbe
be
diuided
into
60.
equall
parts
or
degrees
,
and
numbred
by
fiues
and
tens
,
as
in
the
Figure
.
On
the
other
side
thereof
there
may
be
placed
(
after
the
order
of
these
)
diuers
other
Scales
,
as
of
16.
20.
24
,
&c.
as
you
thinke
fitting
.
So
haue
you
a
necessary
Instrument
for
many
purposes
.
And
this
Sextans
also
would
I
haue
described
on
some
spare
place
of
your
Protractor
.
To
this
must
you
haue
prouided
a
neate
payre
of
Compasses
of
brasse
,
with
fine
steele
points
,
which
must
alwayes
bee
ready
seruing
for
infinite
occasions
.
Besides
these
ordinary
Compasses
,
it
is
very
fitting
to
bee
also
prouided
of
a
payre
of
Callem
Compasses
,
with
scrues
to
alter
the
one
legge
at
pleasure
,
wherein
to
fasten
a
penne
,
blacke
leade
,
a
steele
point
,
or
the
like
,
very
fit
for
many
purposes
.
CHAP.
IX
.
Of
a
Ruler
,
for
the
reducing
of
Plats
.
ALthough
wee
are
not
as
yet
fitte
for
the
vse
of
this
Rule
,
yet
seeing
our
businesse
now
in
hand
,
is
to
prouide
vs
of
necessaries
:
It
is
no
ill
rule
to
take
our
businesse
before
vs
:
Wherefore
repayre
to
Master
IOHN
THOMPSON
in
Hosier
lane
,
who
without
further
Instructions
will
furnish
you
,
onely
this
before
you
goe
:
Let
the
Ruler
bee
made
of
drie
boxe
,
if
you
may
,
of
a
yard
in
length
,
and
let
the
equall
diuisions
thereon
bee
of
12.
in
an
ynch
,
to
bee
numbred
with
double
numbers
,
as
he
vseth
for
me
.
So
will
it
serue
you
to
good
purpose
,
aswell
for
casting
vp
of
large
plats
.
&c.
CHAP.
X.
The
order
of
making
of
a
necessary
and
fitting
Field-booke
,
seruing
aswell
for
the
Peractor
and
Circumferentor
,
as
for
the
Theodelite
,
with
the
ordering
and
vse
thereof
in
the
Fields
.
THis
Booke
may
consist
of
halfe
a
quire
of
paper
,
to
bee
bound
(
most
aptly
for
vse
)
in
a
long
Octauo
:
Let
it
be
ruled
towards
the
left
margent
of
euery
side
,
with
foure
lines
,
so
shall
you
describe
three
Collums
,
the
first
seruing
for
the
degrees
,
the
●●cond
(
according
to
my
Chaine
)
for
Vnits
:
and
the
third
and
last
for
Primes
;
or
according
to
the
accustomed
vse
,
for
degrees
,
poles
,
and
parts
of
a
Pole.
The
order
of
vsing
it
is
thus
:
Suppose
you
are
to
suruey
the
Mannor
of
Beauchampe
,
and
are
to
beginne
with
these
fiue
seuerall
parcels
numbred
in
this
plat
or
figure
,
with
1.2.3.4.5
.
being
seuerall
grounds
of
seuerall
Tenants
,
and
of
seuerall
natures
,
whereof
you
are
to
make
seuerall
obseruation
,
as
appeareth
.
First
,
for
the
title
of
your
Booke
begin
thus
:
Maner
.
de
Beauchampe
in
Com.
Ebor.
Pro
Rege
incip
.
24.
Iunij
,
1616.
The
Mannor
of
Barnesey
The
North
field
.
The
east
field
The
south
fielde
But
seeing
that
practise
is
much
more
instructiue
(
in
works
of
this
nature
)
then
many
words
;
I
will
referre
the
rest
to
your
owne
trauell
;
which
by
comparing
those
former
notes
of
the
Field
booke
with
the
plat
,
and
often
protracting
the
same
according
to
those
degrees
and
lengthes
,
the
whole
course
is
very
easily
vnderstood
.
The
manner
and
order
of
which
protraction
is
hereafter
taught
in
the
39.
Chapter
of
this
Booke
.
And
here
note
further
that
in
practise
you
shall
find
many
helpes
,
which
are
too
tedious
here
to
expresse
,
as
the
taking
in
of
diuers
seuerals
together
,
when
they
lie
in
such
sort
diuided
with
regular
lines
and
hedges
,
that
by
onely
taking
true
notice
of
their
seuerall
ends
,
as
you
passe
by
them
,
you
shall
most
easily
and
speedily
seuer
them
on
your
plat
:
All
which
with
many
others
(
to
auoide
prolixitie
)
I
must
refer
to
your
owne
finding
out
by
diligence
and
practise
.
And
thus
are
we
now
reasonably
well
furnished
of
necessary
implements
for
our
purpose
,
and
therefore
fitting
to
prepare
vs
to
practise
:
but
yet
before
wee
goe
into
the
Fields
,
we
will
consider
of
some
necessary
conclusions
and
obseruations
,
fit
to
bee
knowne
and
remembred
.
CHAP.
XI
.
To
lay
downe
an
Angle
of
any
quantitie
required
;
or
to
find
the
quantitie
of
any
Angle
giuen
,
by
the
Sextans
and
the
Scale
.
diagram
Againe
,
suppose
C
A
B.
be
an
angle
giuen
,
&
let
it
be
required
to
know
the
quantitie
thereof
.
Extend
the
Compasse
to
the
chorde
of
the
Sextans
as
before
,
and
at
that
distance
with
one
foot
in
A.
describe
the
Arch
line
C
B.
to
cut
both
sides
of
the
giuen
Angle
,
as
in
C.
and
B.
then
opening
the
Compasse
to
C
B.
and
applying
them
at
the
same
distance
,
to
the
degrees
in
the
Sextans
.
It
will
appeare
that
the
quantitie
of
the
Angle
is
40.
degrees
,
the
thing
required
.
If
the
Angle
giuen
or
required
happen
to
be
more
then
the
whole
Sextans
,
or
aboue
60.
degrees
,
yet
take
still
the
chorde
of
the
same
Sextans
,
and
describe
the
Arch
line
as
before
;
and
first
place
the
whole
Sextans
,
(
which
is
the
chorde
thereof
)
on
the
Arch
line
from
B.
so
farre
as
it
will
extend
beyond
C.
and
thereunto
on
the
same
Arch
line
,
adde
so
many
degrees
more
as
the
Angle
giuen
or
required
,
containeth
degrees
aboue
60.
So
shall
you
performe
what
was
required
.
CHAP.
XII
.
To
lay
downe
an
Angle
of
any
quantitie
required
,
or
to
finde
the
quantitie
of
any
Angle
giuen
,
by
the
Protractor
.
diagram
Againe
,
suppose
D
C
B.
in
the
former
Diagram
bee
an
Angle
giuen
,
and
let
it
be
required
to
know
the
quantitie
thereof
.
Place
the
Centre
of
the
Protractor
as
before
in
the
Angle
C.
and
the
Meridian
line
thereof
on
the
line
C
B.
and
hauing
the
semicircle
vpwards
,
note
what
degree
on
the
edge
of
the
Protractor
is
cut
by
the
line
D
C.
which
you
shall
find
to
be
30.
Shewing
that
the
giuen
Angle
D
C
B.
containeth
30.
degrees
,
the
thing
required
.
But
here
is
to
be
noted
,
that
these
degrees
thus
taken
by
the
Protractor
belonging
to
the
Peractor
or
Circumferentor
,
are
not
the
true
degrees
of
a
Circle
;
for
one
degree
of
a
Circle
,
is
but
the
360.
part
thereof
,
and
one
of
these
degrees
thus
taken
are
the
120.
part
,
so
that
one
of
these
containeth
three
of
those
;
Wherefore
if
you
are
to
take
the
quantity
of
an
Angle
(
according
to
the
degrees
of
a
Circle
)
by
those
Protractors
,
take
alwayes
a
third
part
vpon
the
Semicircle
,
of
the
number
giuen
or
required
;
as
in
the
former
example
,
where
30.
is
giuen
,
take
10.
and
so
shall
you
finde
the
Angle
E
C.
B.
in
the
last
Diagram
,
to
be
an
Angle
of
30.
degrees
,
and
to
be
a
third
part
of
the
Angle
D
C
B.
As
may
be
proued
,
if
you
apply
thereunto
a
Protractor
belonging
to
the
Theodelite
;
yet
notwithstanding
these
Protractors
and
degrees
in
all
our
occasions
in
the
vse
of
the
Circumferentor
and
Peractor
are
alwayes
to
bee
vsed
,
which
will
tend
to
one
and
the
same
purpose
.
CHAP.
XIII
.
The
reducing
of
statute
measure
into
Acres
of
any
customary
measure
required
,
and
the
contrary
,
shewing
the
difference
betweene
them
.
BY
the
Statute
of
33.
Ed.
1.
It
was
ordained
that
an
Acre
of
ground
should
containe
160.
square
Perches
,
to
be
measured
by
the
Pole
of
16½·
feete
,
which
is
the
measure
now
receyued
,
and
generally
allowed
of
,
and
is
commonly
called
Statute-measure
:
yet
notwithstanding
in
many
places
of
this
Kingdome
,
there
are
diuers
other
sorts
retayned
and
claimed
as
customary
,
wherof
some
are
greater
,
and
some
lesse
then
that
by
Statute
.
Wherefore
I
hold
it
very
fitting
,
and
a
maine
point
belonging
to
a
Surueyor
,
readily
to
reduce
these
quantities
from
the
one
to
the
other
,
whereby
the
difference
may
appeare
;
whereof
in
practise
hee
shall
find
often
vse
;
which
to
effect
worke
thus
.
Suppose
there
are
5.
Acres
,
2.
Roodes
,
20.
Perches
,
of
18.
feet
to
the
Pole
giuen
(
called
Wood-land
measure
;
and
let
it
be
required
to
know
the
quantitie
thereof
by
statute
measure
,
being
of
16
½·
First
,
finde
out
the
least
proportionall
termes
,
betweene
18.
and
16
½·
which
by
their
abbreuiation
,
by
1
½·
you
shall
finde
to
be
12.
and
11.
then
reduce
your
giuen
quantity
into
the
lowest
denomination
,
which
is
Perches
,
so
shall
your
5.
Acres
,
2.
Roodes
,
20.
Perches
,
be
900.
Perches
.
And
considering
that
the
same
proportion
which
the
square
of
12.
bears
to
the
square
of
11.
the
like
proportion
beares
the
Acre
of
18.
foot
Pole
to
that
of
16
½·
therefore
square
those
two
termes
12.
and
11.
which
produceth
144.
and
121.
then
multiply
the
giuen
quantitie
900.
Perches
by
144
the
greater
square
(
because
the
greater
measure
18.
is
to
be
reduced
into
the
lesser
16
½·
the
Factus
is
129600.
which
diuided
by
the
lesser
square
121.
quoteth
1071
9/121·
Perches
;
which
reduced
into
Acres
,
is
6.
Acres
,
2.
Roodes
,
31.
Perches
,
and
9/121·
parts
of
a
Perch
;
for
the
quantitie
required
in
statute
measure
,
whose
difference
by
deducting
that
from
this
,
appeareth
to
be
1.
Acre
,
0.
Roode
,
11.
Perches
9/121·
But
suppose
the
giuen
quantitie
had
beene
statute
measure
,
and
the
same
required
to
be
reduced
into
Wood-land
measure
;
then
should
you
haue
multiplied
the
900.
Perches
giuen
by
121.
the
lesser
square
(
because
the
lesser
measure
16½·
were
to
be
reduced
into
the
greater
18.
)
whereof
the
Product
is
108900.
which
diuided
by
144.
the
greater
square
quoteth
756
¼·
Perches
,
which
reduced
into
acres
,
is
4.
Acres
,
2.
Roodes
,
36
¼·
Perches
,
for
the
quantitie
by
Wood-land
measure
;
whose
difference
by
deducting
this
from
that
appeareth
to
be
0.
Acre
,
3.
Roode
,
23
¾·
Perches
.
And
the
like
course
is
to
be
held
in
all
respects
,
with
all
other
quantities
of
what
proportion
soeuer
;
as
those
of
12
.
20.24½·
and
28.
foot
to
the
Pole
,
of
all
which
seuerall
sorts
I
haue
found
in
diuers
places
,
whose
difference
;
〈◊〉
euery
Acre
,
from
that
of
16
½·
appeareth
by
this
Breuiat
following
.
An
Acre
measured
by
the
Pole
of
these
feet
,
-
12
-
18
-
20
-
24
-
24½
-
28
Containeth
of
Statute
measure
-
0
—
2
—
4
76/121·
-
1
—
0
—
30
50/121·
-
1
—
1
—
35
85/1089·
-
2
—
0
—
18
62/121·
-
2
—
0
—
32
133/174·
-
2
—
3
—
20
4/●·
And
here
is
it
not
amisse
to
note
the
benefite
and
vse
of
your
two
Scales
of
11.
and
12.
in
an
inch
formerly
described
in
the
8.
Chapter
,
which
will
serue
you
now
to
purpose
.
For
if
in
your
Surueyes
(
as
often
hapning
)
you
meete
with
Wood-land
grounds
,
whose
quantities
are
required
to
be
of
the
Acre
of
18.
foot
Pole
,
and
yet
platted
with
the
rest
:
In
such
case
you
may
measure
those
Wood-lands
with
the
Pole
of
16½·
and
likewise
plat
the
same
with
the
Scale
of
12.
as
the
rest
,
but
to
cast
vp
the
contents
of
those
Wood-land
grounds
by
the
Scale
of
11.
which
will
produce
the
desired
quantitie
;
By
reason
that
if
11.
Perches
be
measured
in
a
right
line
with
the
18.
foote
pole
,
the
same
length
containeth
12.
Perches
measured
with
the
16½
foote
pole
.
But
if
you
are
constrained
in
the
measuring
of
your
Wood-lands
,
to
vse
the
Pole
of
18.
foot
;
then
must
you
protract
and
lay
downe
the
same
in
your
plat
by
the
Scale
of
11.
which
otherwise
will
not
ioyne
with
your
other
works
;
and
the
same
likewise
to
be
cast
vp
by
the
same
Scale
of
11.
as
before
.
So
shall
you
obtaine
the
true
quantitie
thereof
in
Acres
,
after
the
measure
of
the
18.
foot
pole
required
.
CHAP.
XIIII
.
Of
the
Table
of
Sines
expressed
on
the
Circumferentor
.
THis
Table
(
as
is
specifyed
in
the
description
of
the
Circumferentor
(
Chap.
4.
)
serueth
for
the
calculation
,
resolution
and
dimension
of
Triangles
;
not
in
respect
of
the
Area
or
superficiall
content
thereof
;
but
for
the
finding
out
of
the
vnknown
sides
and
angles
of
the
same
;
by
meanes
whereof
,
all
manner
of
quantities
in
mensuration
of
altitudes
,
profundities
,
longitudes
and
latitudes
are
exactly
knowne
and
discouered
,
considering
that
none
of
these
can
be
had
or
obtained
instrumentally
,
without
description
of
Triangles
.
Wherefore
let
it
first
bee
considered
,
that
by
the
73.
THEOREME
of
the
first
booke
,
the
sides
in
all
plaine
Triangles
are
in
proportion
the
one
to
the
other
,
as
the
Sines
of
the
Angles
opposite
to
those
sides
.
diagram
Again
,
if
A
C.
866.
the
Sine
of
the
Angle
A
B
C.
giues
A
B.
1000.
the
Sine
of
the
Angle
A
C
B.
what
giues
A
C.
40.
and
multiplying
1000.
by
40.
the
Product
is
40000.
which
diuided
by
866.
quoteth
46
82/433·
for
the
length
of
A
B.
the
Hypothenusall
line
,
as
was
required
.
And
thus
much
for
a
small
taste
onely
of
this
little
Table
,
which
may
serue
to
induce
and
incite
a
willing
minde
,
not
onely
to
the
vse
and
exercise
thereof
;
but
to
the
further
consideration
and
practice
of
the
infinite
vse
of
those
most
excellent
Tables
and
workes
de
BARTHOLOMAEO
PITISCO
GRVNBERG
.
now
partly
translated
into
English
by
M.
RAPH
HANDSON
;
and
of
those
Tables
,
and
more
then
admirable
inuention
of
LOGARITHMES
,
by
that
diuine
and
noble
Writer
,
the
Lord
MARCHISTON
,
whose
name
and
honour
will
neuer
out
.
CHAP.
XV.
Of
the
congruitie
in
vse
betweene
the
Peractor
and
Circumferentor
;
and
the
meanes
to
find
the
quantitie
of
an
Angle
by
eyther
of
them
.
THese
two
Instruments
in
vse
differ
little
or
nothing
,
considering
the
degrees
of
eyther
are
equally
numbered
,
although
those
of
the
Circumferentor
are
placed
on
the
Carde
,
and
these
of
the
Peractor
,
on
the
limbe
of
the
Planisphere
,
whereby
they
are
so
much
the
larger
,
and
thereby
the
fitter
for
vse
:
onely
herein
they
differ
,
the
degrees
obserued
and
taken
by
the
Peractor
,
are
euer
cut
by
the
edge
of
the
Index
,
moued
about
till
through
the
sights
thereon
,
the
obiect
be
found
,
the
Needle
being
alwayes
kept
on
one
degree
,
and
that
most
fitly
on
the
Meridian
line
in
the
Carde
,
the
North
end
(
being
that
with
the
Crosse
)
lying
euer
ouer
the
Flower deluce
,
and
the
south
end
pointing
to
the
beginning
of
the
degrees
:
and
the
degrees
obserued
and
taken
by
the
Circumferentor
,
are
alwayes
cut
in
the
Carde
by
the
South
end
of
the
Needle
,
playing
about
at
pleasure
.
whilest
the
Instrument
and
the
sights
thereof
are
directed
to
the
purposed
marke
.
By
meanes
of
which
diuersitie
,
there
is
a
diuers
meanes
to
be
vsed
,
in
taking
the
true
quantitie
of
an
Angle
,
by
these
two
Instruments
,
as
followeth
.
By
the
49.
DEF.
of
the
First
.
The
quantitie
or
measure
of
an
Angle
,
is
the
Arch
of
a
Circle
,
described
from
the
point
of
the
same
Angle
,
and
intercepted
betweene
the
two
sides
of
that
Angle
,
which
is
found
by
the
Circumferentor
thus
.
diagram
Place
your
Instrument
at
B.
in
the
former
Diagram
.
(
the
Index
standing
on
the
Diameter
where
the
degrees
commence
)
then
turne
about
the
Instrument
on
the
staffe
(
the
Index
remayning
)
towards
A.
till
your
sight
bee
parallel
to
the
line
B
A.
and
there
your
Instrument
fixed
,
remoue
the
Index
,
directing
your
sight
towards
C.
to
be
likewise
parallell
to
B
C.
where
obserue
what
degree
the
edge
of
the
Index
cutteth
,
which
will
be
22.
the
quantitie
required
.
And
here
note
an
exquisite
dispatch
.
CHAP.
XVI
.
To
take
any
horizontall
distance
at
two
stacions
,
by
Sinicall
computation
.
diagram
Then
by
the
Rule
of
Proportion
,
reason
thus
.
If
A
B.
707.
the
Sine
of
15.
degrees
yeelde
20.
the
stationary
distance
,
what
A
C.
839.
the
Sine
of
B.
19.
degrees
,
and
multiplying
839.
by
20.
and
diuiding
the
Product
by
707.
the
quotus
will
bee
23.
519/707·
for
the
distance
A
C.
And
againe
,
if
A
B.
707.
the
Sine
of
C.
15.
degrees
,
yeeld
20.
the
stationary
distance
,
what
B
C.
978.
the
Sine
of
A.
26
degrees
,
and
multiplying
978.
by
20.
and
diuiding
the
Product
by
|
d
|
s
|
A.
|
26
|
978.
|
B.
|
19
|
839.
|
C.
|
15
|
707.
|
A
B.
|
20.
Perches
.
|
707.
the
quotus
will
bee
27
471/707·
the
distance
B
C.
required
.
The
Theoricall
ground
and
reason
of
this
worke
dependeth
on
the
13.
and
73.
THEOREMES
of
the
first
booke
.
Where
note
in
all
works
of
this
nature
,
that
if
any
of
the
three
Angles
bee
an
obtuse
Angle
,
containing
aboue
30.
degrees
,
then
(
seeing
the
Table
of
Sines
exceedeth
not
30.
)
deduct
the
excesse
of
the
obtuse
Angle
aboue
30.
out
of
30
(
as
if
it
were
44.
the
excesse
whereof
aboue
30.
is
14.
which
deduct
out
of
30.
there
remaineth
16.
and
of
that
remainder
seeke
the
Sine
in
the
Table
,
which
serues
the
turne
.
The
reason
hereof
is
,
because
the
right
Sine
of
the
Arch
in
the
greater
or
lesser
Quadrant
are
all
one
and
the
same
thing
.
Likewise
note
alwayes
in
your
working
by
the
golden
Rule
,
that
the
Sine
of
the
Angle
opposite
to
the
Stacionary
line
(
as
in
this
example
707.
)
must
bee
your
first
proportionall
number
;
and
most
fitly
(
though
it
may
be
otherwise
,
transpositis
terminis
medijs
)
the
distance
betweene
the
two
stacions
the
second
;
and
the
Sine
of
the
Angle
,
opposite
to
the
side
,
whose
length
you
seeke
the
third
.
And
note
also
,
that
not
onely
this
,
but
all
other
the
like
Propositions
are
to
be
performed
,
aswell
by
the
Peractor
and
Theodelite
,
as
the
Circumferentor
,
the
Table
of
Sines
being
had
in
any
voyde
paper
,
or
much
rather
those
small
Tables
of
Logarithmes
,
or
of
Pitiscus
,
which
are
imprinted
by
themselues
in
small
volumes
,
being
most
excellent
pocket-companions
for
infinite
Conclusions
,
aswel
Geometricall
as
Astronomicall
.
And
if
any
desire
the
performance
of
this
Proposition
,
or
the
like
by
protraction
;
let
him
diligently
obserue
the
doctrine
of
the
next
.
CHAP.
XVII
.
To
take
the
distance
aswell
betweene
diuers
seuerall
places
remote
from
your
place
of
being
,
as
betweene
your
being
,
and
those
seuerall
places
,
by
the
helpe
of
two
stacions
.
diagram
SVppose
A.B.
and
C.
bee
three
places
giuen
remote
from
your
place
of
being
,
which
let
be
at
D.
and
let
it
bee
required
at
D.
to
finde
the
seuerall
distances
,
aswell
betweene
A
B.
and
B
C.
as
betweene
D
A.
D
B.
and
D
C.
First
place
your
Instrument
at
D.
and
directing
your
sight
to
A.
obserue
what
degree
is
there
cut
,
eyther
by
the
Needle
of
the
Circumferentor
,
or
by
the
Index
of
the
Peractor
,
which
let
be
32
½·
degrees
,
to
be
noted
for
your
first
obseruation
,
them
turning
your
sight
to
B.
make
the
like
,
where
you
finde
21.
degrees
,
and
the
like
towards
C.
obseruing
15.
degrees
.
Then
your
second
Stacion
,
(
not
being
limited
)
make
choyse
thereof
with
such
discretion
(
if
the
place
will
affoord
it
,
as
at
E.
)
that
your
Stationary
distance
bee
no
lesse
at
the
least
then
⅛·
of
the
other
distances
from
you
,
how
much
greater
(
with
reason
)
makes
no
great
matter
;
and
as
neere
as
you
may
,
let
it
make
a
right
Angle
with
the
first
obseruation
of
your
first
Stacion
,
then
for
the
last
worke
of
that
stacion
direct
your
sight
to
E.
obseruing
the
degrees
cut
120.
then
take
vp
your
Instrument
,
and
leauing
a
marke
at
D.
measure
from
D.
to
E.
the
stationary
distance
,
which
suppose
48.
then
at
E.
plant
your
Instrument
precisely
as
at
D.
vsing
the
helpe
both
of
your
Needle
and
backe
sights
herein
,
looking
backe
to
your
marke
at
D.
whereof
speciall
care
is
to
bee
had
,
or
maine
errors
may
ensue
:
which
done
,
direct
your
sight
first
(
as
at
the
first
stacion
)
to
A.
obseruing
the
degree
there
cut
45.
the
like
to
B.
31
½·
degrees
,
And
lastly
,
to
C.
15.
degrees
.
So
haue
you
finished
;
if
you
omit
not
the
collection
of
your
seuerall
obseruations
,
which
in
your
Field
Booke
or
otherwise
are
thus
to
be
expressed
.
Then
prouide
a
cleane
sheete
of
paper
,
and
according
to
these
collections
layde
before
you
,
protract
the
seuerall
angles
or
degrees
here
obserued
,
as
is
taught
in
the
next
.
Obs
.
-
1.
St.
|
d
|
1
|
32
|
2
|
21.
|
3
|
9¼·
|
4
|
120.
|
-
dist.
p.
48.
-
2.
St.
CHAP.
XVIII
.
To
protract
any
number
of
Angles
or
degrees
taken
by
the
Peractor
,
Theodelite
or
Circumferentor
,
at
seuerall
obseruations
.
LEt
the
Angles
or
degrees
taken
be
those
expressed
in
the
former
Chapter
,
and
let
it
bee
required
to
protract
the
same
,
whereby
the
quantitie
of
each
seuerall
distance
there
sought
for
,
may
appeare
.
First
,
on
your
paper
prouided
,
draw
a
right
line
at
pleasure
,
as
F
G.
in
the
former
Diagram
;
then
laying
your
Field-Booke
before
you
,
with
the
former
obseruations
,
make
choyse
of
any
point
in
the
line
F
G.
to
represent
your
first
Stacion
,
as
at
D.
then
applying
the
Scale
of
your
Protractor
to
that
line
,
lay
downe
your
stacionary
distance
48.
Perches
from
D.
to
E.
representing
the
place
of
your
second
stacion
;
and
placing
your
Protractor
with
the
Centre
on
the
point
D.
(
the
Semicircle
vpwards
)
turne
it
about
thereon
,
till
that
degree
on
the
Protractor
which
was
taken
from
the
first
to
the
second
stacion
(
which
in
this
example
is
120.
)
lye
precisely
on
the
line
F.G.
and
then
looke
in
your
Field-Booke
for
the
degrees
obserued
at
your
first
stacion
,
which
were
32
½·
21.
and
9
¼·
(
for
the
fourth
120.
that
is
supposed
alwayes
to
fall
on
the
first
drawn
line
F
G.
)
and
against
those
seuerall
degrees
on
the
limbe
of
your
Protractor
,
by
the
edge
thereof
with
your
protracting
pinne
,
make
seueral
pricks
or
points
,
as
at
H.
I.
and
K.
then
by
the
point
D.
and
those
three
seuerall
pricks
with
the
scale
of
your
Protractor
,
and
protracting
pinne
,
draw
out
at
length
the
lines
D
H.
D
I.
and
D
K.
so
haue
you
finished
your
first
obseruations
;
then
place
your
Protractor
on
the
point
E.
in
all
respects
as
before
,
at
D.
and
there
mark
the
degrees
of
your
second
obseruations
,
as
45.
31½
and
15.
as
before
,
at
the
points
L.
M.
and
N.
whereby
,
and
by
the
point
E.
draw
out
at
length
the
lines
E
L.
E
M.
and
E
N.
till
they
intersect
the
three
former
lines
,
drawne
from
D.
as
in
the
points
A.B.
and
C.
by
which
intersections
from
point
to
point
,
draw
the
lines
A
B.
and
B
C.
So
haue
you
finished
your
Protraction
.
And
by
applying
the
scale
of
your
Protractor
,
(
whereby
the
stacionary
distance
was
laide
downe
)
to
any
line
or
distance
,
the
seuerall
quantities
will
appeare
to
be
as
they
are
expressed
in
the
Diagram
,
on
the
seuerall
lines
therof
,
as
was
required
.
But
here
is
to
be
noted
,
that
if
those
former
obseruations
were
made
and
taken
by
the
Theodelite
,
then
this
Protraction
is
to
be
made
and
layde
downe
by
the
Protractor
belonging
to
the
Theodelite
,
being
diuided
into
360.
degrees
,
as
is
before
mentioned
,
which
is
to
be
performed
in
all
respects
,
according
to
the
rules
and
instructions
before
deliuered
.
CHAP.
XIX
.
To
take
any
accessible
altitude
by
the
Circumferentor
or
Plaine
Table
with
the
diuided
sights
.
diagram
But
it
hapneth
oftentimes
that
the
altitude
required
is
of
that
height
,
that
you
cannot
produce
the
vane
low
inough
,
to
see
the
summitie
of
the
height
,
as
before
.
In
which
case
you
are
to
vse
the
Index
to
be
placed
on
the
wyerpinne
in
the
edge
of
the
shorter
sight
,
and
turning
it
vp
and
downe
close
by
the
right
edge
of
the
Instrument
,
till
through
the
sight
thereof
,
and
by
the
wyer
pinne
you
espie
the
summytie
of
the
giuen
height
,
and
then
note
the
parts
cut
on
the
same
edge
of
the
Instrument
,
by
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
Index
.
For
the
same
proportion
which
the
parts
cut
,
beare
to
60.
(
the
imagined
parts
on
the
edge
of
the
shorter
sight
)
the
like
hath
the
measured
distance
to
the
altitude
required
.
Wherefore
,
multiply
the
same
measured
distance
by
60.
and
diuide
the
Product
by
the
parts
cut
,
the
quotus
sheweth
your
demand
.
And
if
you
desire
to
know
the
Visuall
or
Hypothenusall
line
,
multiply
the
measured
distance
by
the
parts
cut
on
the
edge
of
the
Index
,
and
diuide
the
Product
by
the
parts
cut
on
the
edge
of
the
Instrument
;
the
quotus
sheweth
what
you
desire
.
For
what
proportion
the
parts
cut
on
the
edge
of
the
Instrument
,
beare
to
those
cut
on
the
edge
of
the
Index
,
the
like
doth
the
measured
distance
to
the
Visuall
line
.
And
here
is
to
be
noted
,
that
of
this
later
worke
the
plaine
Table
hath
no
vse
;
and
therefore
of
all
other
Instruments
most
vnfit
for
these
purposes
of
Altitudes
and
Profuncities
,
without
helpe
of
the
quadrant
specified
in
the
description
thereof
,
CHAP.
3.
Or
with
the
Circumferentor
,
by
Protraction
,
thus
.
PLace
your
Instrument
at
C.
as
before
,
and
there
obserue
the
quantitie
of
the
Angle
of
altitude
,
which
being
gotten
,
protract
and
lay
downe
the
same
as
hath
beene
taught
,
and
on
the
base
line
from
C.
to
B.
lay
downe
the
measured
distance
110.
at
the
end
whereof
,
as
on
the
point
B.
either
by
the
6.
PROBLEME
of
the
second
Booke
,
or
with
helpe
of
your
Protractor
erect
a
perpendicular
line
as
A
B.
to
cut
the
other
side
of
the
protracted
Angle
,
as
in
A.
and
with
applying
your
Scale
thereunto
,
the
altitude
appeareth
,
as
was
required
.
CHAP.
XX.
To
take
any
accessible
altitude
diuers
wayes
,
by
the
Peractor
and
the
Quadrant
thereof
.
SVppose
M
N.
to
be
a
perpendicular
height
giuen
;
and
let
it
be
required
from
O.
to
find
the
Altitude
thereof
.
Place
your
Instrument
precisely
Horizontall
at
O.
as
before
is
taught
,
then
mooue
your
Quadrant
vp
and
downe
,
till
through
the
small
round
hole
,
in
the
end
of
the
sight
towards
you
at
B.
on
the
Quadrant
(
as
it
is
described
in
the
5.
Chapter
)
and
by
the
pin
in
the
great
round
hole
of
the
other
end
at
A.
you
espie
the
Summytie
M.
of
the
giuen
height
,
where
letting
your
quadrant
rest
,
measure
the
distance
O
N.
which
suppose
to
be
48.
then
looke
on
the
side
C
D.
of
the
quadrant
,
for
the
48.
line
,
reckoning
from
the
Centre
P.
and
passing
downe
by
that
line
to
the
edge
of
the
handle
or
Index
(
which
suppose
to
stand
now
on
the
line
P
F.
drawne
from
the
Centre
of
the
quadrant
)
note
what
line
(
passing
from
the
other
side
A.B.
of
the
quadrant
)
the
former
line
48.
meeteth
and
intersecteth
on
the
edge
of
the
Index
,
supposed
as
before
the
line
P.
F.
and
you
shall
find
it
somewhat
more
then
34.
wherefore
I
conclude
,
that
the
altitude
A
B.
is
so
much
:
and
noting
what
part
of
the
Index
is
there
cut
,
you
shall
find
it
somewhat
more
then
58
4/5·
the
length
of
the
visuall
line
,
or
hipothenusall
O.
M.
Where
is
to
be
noted
,
that
in
all
workes
wrought
with
this
quadrant
,
the
side
thereof
A.
B.
representeth
the
perpendicular
height
,
the
side
C.
D.
the
horizontall
distance
,
and
the
Index
or
handle
,
the
hipothenusall
or
visuall
line
.
diagram
Or
Sinically
thus
.
HAuing
placed
your
Instrument
as
before
at
O.
By
the
degrees
on
the
limbe
of
the
quadrant
,
obserue
the
angle
of
altitude
MON.
35.
degrees
1′9
.
and
measuring
the
distance
ON
.
48.
as
before
(
by
the
helpe
of
Pitiscus
,
or
any
other
Canon
)
Reason
thus
:
If
ON
.
the
radius
100000.
yeeld
48.
the
measured
distance
;
what
M
N.
70848.
the
tangent
of
the
Angle
MON.
35.
degrees
,
1′9
.
and
multiplying
the
tangent
70848.
by
48.
the
measured
distance
,
you
shall
produce
3400704.
which
parted
by
the
radius
100000.
quoteth
34
704/100000
or
in
lesser
termes
,
34
22/3125·
the
altitude
M
N
required
.
Againe
,
if
O
N.
the
radius
100000.
giues
48.
the
measured
distance
,
what
O
M.
122554.
the
secant
of
the
Angle
M
O
N.
35.
degrees
,
1′9
.
and
multiplying
the
same
secant
122554.
by
48.
and
parting
the
Product
by
the
radius
100000.
you
haue
58
●2592/100000·
or
in
lesser
termes
,
58
2581/3125·
being
somewhat
more
then
4/5·
the
length
of
the
visuall
or
hipothenusall
line
O.M.
as
before
.
Or
by
Protraction
,
thus
.
PLacing
your
Instrument
at
O.
as
before
,
obserue
the
Angle
of
altitude
M
O
N.
and
measure
the
distance
from
O.
to
N.
And
then
proceed
to
protracting
thereof
,
as
is
taught
in
the
later
part
of
the
last
Chapter
before
going
;
and
the
worke
is
finished
.
CHAP.
XXI
.
To
find
out
any
inaccessible
height
by
the
Peractor
,
Theodelite
,
or
Circumferentor
.
diagram
IT
may
oftentimes
happen
that
inaccessible
heights
may
be
required
,
when
by
reason
of
waters
,
trenches
,
danger
of
shot
,
or
many
other
impediments
,
a
man
cannot
approch
to
the
Base
of
the
altitude
required
;
yet
of
necessity
to
bee
had
and
knowne
,
which
to
performe
,
in
a
most
absolute
and
exact
manner
,
worke
thus
.
Suppose
B
C.
to
be
a
perpendicular
height
giuen
,
vnto
the
Base
,
whereof
C.
(
by
some
impediment
)
you
may
not
approch
neerer
then
D.
yet
the
altitude
is
required
;
wherefore
place
your
Instrument
at
D.
precisely
horizontall
,
and
obserue
the
Angle
of
altitude
,
as
is
before
taught
,
which
let
be
53.
degrees
,
8′
.
then
looking
backwards
,
make
choyse
in
a
right
line
from
C.
by
D.
of
a
second
station
,
which
let
be
A.
and
measure
the
distance
from
D.
to
A.
which
suppose
40.
then
at
A.
place
your
Instrument
as
before
,
and
,
likewise
obserue
there
the
Angle
of
altitude
,
which
suppose
36.
degrees
,
2′
.
so
is
your
Instrumentall
worke
already
finished
.
Then
repayring
to
your
Canon
of
Triangles
,
finde
the
complements
of
the
Tangents
of
those
two
Angles
taken
,
which
of
53.
degrees
,
8′
.
the
angle
first
obserued
,
is
74991.
and
of
36.
degrees
,
2′
.
the
Angle
of
your
last
obseruation
,
is
137470.
betweene
which
two
complements
take
the
difference
,
by
deducting
the
lesser
from
the
greater
,
which
will
bee
62479.
and
then
(
for
as
much
as
the
same
proportion
which
the
difference
of
the
complements
62479.
beareth
to
the
radius
100000.
the
like
hath
the
measured
distance
betweene
your
two
stations
D
A.
40.
and
the
required
altitude
)
multiply
the
radius
100000.
by
40.
the
measured
distance
,
the
Product
is
4000000.
which
parted
by
62479.
the
difference
of
the
complements
quoteth
64
1244/1000300·
for
the
required
altitude
.
And
if
it
bee
required
,
to
haue
the
length
of
a
scaling
ladder
to
extend
from
D.
to
B.
or
the
length
of
the
visuall
line
A
B.
or
the
inaccessible
distance
betweene
D.
and
C.
by
respectiue
obseruation
of
what
was
taught
in
the
last
Chapter
,
they
are
easily
resolued
.
To
performe
the
same
by
Protraction
.
HAuing
taken
both
the
Angles
of
altitude
,
and
measured
the
stationary
distance
A
D.
40.
as
before
;
protract
the
same
thus
;
Draw
a
right
line
out
at
length
,
as
E
F.
in
the
former
Diagram
,
then
on
any
point
thereof
,
as
at
D.
protract
the
first
Angle
taken
,
53.
degrees
,
8′
.
(
as
before
taught
)
then
from
D.
towards
E.
lay
downe
the
stationary
distance
40.
to
end
in
A.
on
which
point
A.
protract
your
other
Angle
36.
degrees
,
2
'
.
and
continue
forth
the
vpper
sides
of
those
two
Angles
,
till
they
interfect
each
other
as
in
B.
from
which
point
B.
by
the
6.
of
the
second
,
or
by
helpe
of
your
Protractor
,
let
fall
a
perpendicular
,
to
cut
the
line
E
F.
as
B
C.
in
C.
which
line
B
C.
shall
represent
the
giuen
altitude
,
the
height
whereof
,
and
the
seueall
lengthes
and
distances
in
the
whole
worke
contained
,
is
speedily
had
by
applying
thereunto
the
same
scale
,
whereby
your
measured
distance
was
laid
downe
.
And
here
is
to
be
noted
,
that
in
all
workes
of
this
kind
,
it
is
very
requisite
to
take
your
stationary
distance
as
large
as
conueniently
you
may
,
for
that
otherwise
by
reason
of
the
acuitie
of
the
Angle
,
as
here
of
A
B
D.
you
shall
hardly
discerne
the
true
point
of
intersection
by
the
lines
B
A.
and
B
D.
whereby
,
or
from
whence
you
may
precisely
let
fall
the
perpendicular
B
C.
as
before
in
his
due
place
:
by
neglect
whereof
mayne
errors
may
insue
.
Wherefore
a
most
excellent
,
absolute
and
exact
course
is
that
in
the
former
part
of
this
Chapter
,
for
the
performance
of
all
manner
of
conclusions
of
this
kind
,
and
to
be
preferred
before
all
others
.
And
here
now
might
I
much
inlarge
this
worke
,
by
inserting
seuerall
Propositions
for
the
taking
and
finding
out
of
distances
in
heights
,
with
the
mensuration
of
profundities
diuers
wayes
;
all
which
and
infinite
other
conclusions
are
fully
included
within
the
limits
of
these
few
former
instructions
,
and
with
diligent
obseruation
and
practice
thereof
may
bee
well
vnderstood
and
performed
;
for
whoso
can
take
one
height
artificially
,
may
performe
another
,
and
by
deducting
the
one
from
the
other
,
may
decerne
the
difference
:
and
he
that
can
skilfully
take
an
altitude
,
by
the
same
rule
may
performe
a
profunditie
,
being
the
one
a
direct
conuersion
of
the
other
,
without
alteration
or
any
difference
,
either
in
the
Theoricall
ground
,
or
practike
operation
thereof
:
wherefore
to
make
great
shewes
,
or
accumulation
of
needelesse
varieties
to
one
and
the
same
purpose
,
were
but
expence
of
time
vnto
my selfe
,
and
cause
of
confusion
to
the
learner
,
seeing
fewest
Precepts
(
so
effectuall
)
are
fittest
,
aswell
for
apprehension
as
retention
.
But
before
I
passe
further
,
let
this
bee
remembred
,
that
in
all
the
former
obseruations
in
taking
of
heights
:
the
height
of
your
Instrument
is
alwayes
to
be
added
to
the
altitude
taken
.
CHAP.
XXII
.
To
take
the
plot
of
a
Field
at
one
stacion
;
taken
in
any
part
thereof
,
from
whence
you
may
view
all
the
Angles
,
and
measuring
from
the
stacion
to
euery
Angle
.
diagram
SVppose
ABCDEFG
.
to
be
a
Field
,
whereof
it
is
required
to
take
the
Plot.
First
,
cause
papers
or
other
markes
to
be
placed
directly
in
euery
Angle
;
and
then
make
choise
of
some
such
conuenient
place
within
the
same
,
as
from
whence
you
may
best
view
the
seuerall
Angles
thereof
,
and
there
as
at
X.
Plant
your
Instrument
;
if
it
be
the
Peractor
,
Theodelite
,
or
Plaine-Table
,
fasten
the
Instrument
to
the
staffe
with
the
scrue-pinne
,
that
it
stirre
not
till
your
worke
be
finished
,
the
needle
standing
on
the
Meridian
line
of
the
Carde
,
if
the
Circumferentor
,
that
care
is
already
taken
;
but
admit
the
Peractor
;
then
direct
your
sight
,
by
turning
the
Index
to
any
one
Angle
at
your
pleasure
,
as
first
to
A.
and
obserue
the
degree
there
cut
by
the
edge
of
your
Index
,
which
let
be
10.
and
with
your
Chaine
measure
from
your
station
to
that
Angle
,
which
suppose
30.
then
direct
your
sight
to
B.
and
performe
the
like
,
and
so
to
C.D.
E.F.
and
G.
till
you
haue
finished
;
still
entering
as
you
passe
your
seuerell
obseruations
,
aswell
of
degrees
as
lines
into
your
Field-booke
,
as
was
formerly
taught
in
Chap.
10.
which
when
you
haue
finished
shall
appeare
to
bee
thus
.
Which
being
layde
before
you
,
shall
most
speedily
and
exactly
be
protracted
and
layde
downe
,
as
is
taught
in
the
next
.
d
|
o
|
1
|
10
|
30
|
—
|
26
|
33
|
2
|
39
½
|
41
|
—
|
51
|
36
|
—
|
66
|
47
|
5
|
81
|
18
|
8
|
105
½
|
41
|
5
|
CHAP.
XXIII
.
To
protract
and
lay
downe
the
obseruations
made
in
the
last
Chapter
,
or
any
other
taken
in
the
like
sort
.
TAke
a
cleane
sheete
of
paper
,
and
draw
a
right
line
thereon
at
pleasure
as
P
Q.
in
the
Diagram
of
the
last
Chapter
,
representing
the
meridian
Line
;
and
laying
your
Field-booke
before
you
with
the
former
obseruations
;
First
,
place
the
Centre
of
your
Protractor
(
the
Semicircle
vpwards
)
on
any
point
of
the
line
as
on
X.
with
the
Meridian
line
of
the
Protractor
directly
ouer
that
on
the
paper
;
where
keeping
your
Protractor
fixed
,
note
all
the
degrees
vnder
60.
taken
in
your
Field-booke
,
as
10.26.39
½·
and
51.
against
which
seuerall
degrees
on
the
limbe
of
your
Protractor
by
the
edge
thereof
,
make
seuerall
prickes
or
points
with
your
protracting
pinne
,
as
at
H.I.K.
and
L.
Then
considering
that
those
degrees
are
vnder
60.
and
therefore
to
lye
on
the
East
side
of
your
plot
or
meridian
line
P
Q.
lay
the
edge
of
the
scale
of
your
Protractor
on
the
Centre
X.
and
euery
of
those
points
H.I.K.
and
L.
and
draw
from
the
Centre
X.
vnder
the
meridian
line
P
Q.
the
seuerall
lines
to
A.B.C.
and
D.
laying
them
downe
of
the
seuerall
lengthes
,
belonging
to
them
,
according
to
your
Field-booke
,
as
X
A.
30
0
X
B.
33
0
·
2
1
·
X
C.
41
0
·
and
X
D.
36
0
·
making
prickes
or
points
at
the
end
of
euery
seuerall
length
,
as
at
A.B.C.
and
D.
and
then
from
point
to
point
,
draw
the
lines
A
B.
B
C.
and
C
D.
so
haue
you
finished
the
worke
on
the
East
side
of
your
Meridian
.
Then
place
againe
your
Protractor
in
all
respects
as
before
,
and
note
all
the
other
degrees
being
aboue
60.
as
66.81
.
and
105
½
which
by
the
edge
of
the
Semicircle
marke
out
as
before
,
as
at
M.
N.
and
O.
and
seeing
they
belong
to
the
West
side
of
your
worke
,
draw
your
lines
from
the
Centre
X.
vpwards
towards
those
three
seuerall
points
,
laying
them
downe
with
their
seuerall
lengthes
obserued
in
your
booke
,
as
X
E.
47
0
·
5
1
·
X
F.
18
0
·
8
1
·
and
X
G.
41
1
·
5
1
·
making
points
as
before
at
the
end
of
euery
length
;
and
lastly
from
point
to
point
draw
the
lines
A
G.
G
F.
F
E.
and
E
D.
So
shall
you
inclose
the
Figure
A
B
C
D
E
F
G.
with
equall
Angles
and
proportional
lines
to
the
measured
field
as
was
required
.
CHAP.
XXIIII
.
To
take
the
plot
of
any
Field
at
one
stacion
in
any
one
Angle
thereof
,
from
whence
may
bee
seene
all
the
other
Angles
of
the
same
Field
;
and
measuring
from
the
station
to
euery
Angle
.
diagram
SVppose
A
B
C
D
E
F
G.
to
be
a
field
,
the
plat
whereof
is
required
to
be
taken
.
First
,
cause
whites
or
markes
to
be
placed
directly
in
euery
Angle
,
then
make
choyse
of
the
most
conuenient
Angle
,
from
whence
you
may
best
view
all
the
rest
,
as
at
A.
where
place
your
Instrument
as
before
is
taught
,
and
directing
your
sight
to
one
of
the
next
Angles
on
eyther
hand
as
to
B.
obserue
the
degrees
cut
by
the
edge
of
the
Index
,
which
let
bee
24
½·
degrees
and
measure
that
line
A
B.
33
0
·
4
1
·
then
turning
your
Index
to
the
next
,
as
to
C.
make
the
like
obseruation
of
13
¼·
degrees
.
and
measure
the
length
A
C.
55
0
·2
1
·
and
in
like
manner
proceed
to
the
rest
,
as
to
D.E.F.
and
G.
still
expressing
in
your
Field-booke
your
seuerall
Angles
and
Lines
as
before
is
taught
,
which
hauing
finished
will
thus
appeare
.
And
then
protract
,
and
lay
downe
the
same
in
all
respects
,
according
to
the
instructions
of
the
last
Chapter
.
The
order
whereof
appeareth
by
the
Diagram
,
d
|
o
|
1
|
24
½
|
33
|
4
|
13
¼
|
55
|
2
|
6
|
47
|
—
|
116
|
69
|
2
|
104
|
65
|
6
|
95
½
|
41
|
6
|
CHAP.
XXV
.
To
take
the
Plot
of
a
Field
at
one
station
in
any
Angle
,
from
whence
the
rest
may
be
seene
,
and
by
measuring
the
sides
of
the
Perimeter
.
diagram
SVppose
A
B
C
D
E
F
G.
be
a
Field
to
be
plotted
.
First
;
set
vp
markes
as
before
,
and
chuse
an
Angle
fittest
for
your
purpose
,
from
whence
you
may
see
all
the
rest
,
and
there
plant
your
Instrument
as
at
A.
then
direct
your
sight
to
one
of
the
next
Angles
,
on
eyther
hand
,
as
to
B.
and
note
the
degree
there
cut
,
24
½·
and
measure
the
length
of
that
line
A
B.
33
0
·
4
1
·
then
direct
your
sight
to
C.
and
note
the
degree
there
cut
13
¼·
and
measure
the
line
from
the
Angle
B.
to
the
Angle
C.
33
0
·
and
in
like
manner
worke
forwards
to
D.E.
and
F.
and
then
note
(
hauing
finished
at
F.
)
that
you
haue
yet
remayning
two
lines
to
measure
,
namely
,
F
G.
and
G
A.
and
but
one
degree
to
bee
taken
,
as
from
A.
to
G.
(
The
reason
whereof
dependeth
on
THEOR.
74.1
.
)
wherefore
measure
the
line
F
G.
33
0
·
5
1
·
and
expresse
the
same
in
your
Booke
without
any
degree
;
and
lastly
,
directing
your
sight
to
G.
obserue
the
degree
cutte
95
½·
and
measuring
the
line
A
G.
place
the
length
thereof
in
your
Booke
41
0
·
6
1
·
against
the
last
degree
taken
.
So
haue
you
finished
your
Field-worke
,
and
your
obseruations
stand
thus
.
Which
are
to
be
protracted
and
layde
downe
as
is
taught
in
the
next
.
d
|
o
|
1
|
24
½
|
33
|
4
|
13
¼
|
33
|
—
|
6
|
21
|
—
|
116
|
36
|
5
|
104
|
41
|
8
|
—
|
33
|
5
|
95
½
|
41
|
6
|
CHAP.
XXVI
.
To
protract
and
lay
downe
the
obseruations
had
,
according
to
the
worke
in
the
last
Chapter
,
or
any
other
taken
by
the
like
meanes
.
THe
seuerall
degrees
and
lengthes
so
had
and
taken
as
before
,
and
expressed
in
your
Field
booke
,
being
layde
before
you
,
worke
thus
.
First
,
according
to
your
degrees
taken
,
and
as
is
taught
in
Chap.
23.
draw
out
at
length
your
seuerall
lines
A
B.
A
C.
A
D.
A
E.
A
F.
and
A
G.
as
in
the
former
Diagram
,
then
opening
your
Compasse
on
your
Scale
,
take
therein
the
first
length
33
0
·
4
1
·
at
which
distance
with
one
foote
in
A.
strike
with
the
other
an
Arch
through
the
line
A
B.
cutting
the
same
in
B.
then
take
your
second
length
33
0
·
at
which
distance
with
one
foot
in
B.
crosse
the
line
A
C.
in
C.
and
draw
the
line
B
C.
then
take
the
third
length
21
0
·
and
with
one
foote
in
C.
crosse
the
line
A
D.
in
D.
and
draw
the
line
C
D.
and
in
this
manner
worke
forwards
,
laying
downe
euery
length
,
and
drawing
each
line
till
you
haue
inclosed
the
Figure
A
B
C
D
E
F
G.
which
shall
be
a
like
Figure
to
the
measured
Field
.
CHAP.
XXVII
.
To
take
the
plot
of
a
Field
at
two
stations
,
where
all
the
Angles
cannot
be
seene
at
one
,
and
measuring
as
in
the
22.
Chapter
.
diagram
SVppose
this
Figure
be
a
Field
to
bee
plotted
,
which
lyeth
in
such
sort
,
as
from
no
one
place
all
the
Angles
thereof
can
be
seene
.
In
such
case
make
choyse
of
a
place
for
your
first
station
,
where
may
be
viewed
as
many
Angles
thereof
as
possibly
you
may
,
which
let
be
M.
where
you
may
see
the
seuerall
Angles
at
A.B.C.D.E.
and
F.
then
plant
your
Instrument
in
M.
and
there
obserue
all
those
Angles
,
and
measure
the
seuerall
lines
,
beginning
from
M.
to
A.
and
ending
from
M.
to
F.
as
is
taught
in
the
22.
Chapter
,
so
haue
you
finished
the
worke
of
your
first
station
.
Then
(
before
you
remoue
your
Instrument
)
make
choice
of
some
other
conuenient
place
for
your
second
station
,
from
whence
you
may
see
all
the
other
Angles
not
formerly
seene
,
as
those
at
I.H.
and
G.
which
let
be
N.
vnto
which
place
direct
your
sight
,
and
obserue
the
degree
cut
65.
then
measure
the
stationary
distance
M.
N.
40
0
·
and
leauing
a
marke
at
M.
remoue
now
your
Instrument
to
N.
where
place
it
precisely
as
it
stood
at
M.
with
helpe
of
your
needle
and
backe
sight
,
then
obserue
your
seuerall
degrees
,
and
measure
the
seuerall
lengthes
from
N.
your
second
station
to
I.H.
and
G.
as
before
,
and
your
Field-worke
is
finished
.
So
as
you
remember
alwayes
to
expresse
your
obseruations
in
your
Field-booke
,
which
shall
thus
appeare
.
To
be
protracted
and
layde
downe
as
is
taught
in
the
next
.
d
|
o
|
1
|
83
¾·
|
29
|
—
|
109
½·
|
19
|
2
|
1.
Sta.
10
¼·
|
26
|
8
|
28
½·
|
30
|
8
|
41
¼·
|
31
|
5
|
55
½·
|
16
|
4
|
sta
.
dist
.
65
|
40
|
—
|
74
¼·
|
26
|
—
|
2.
Sta.
46
½·
|
29
|
—
|
33
¼·
|
27
|
5
|
CHAP.
XXVIII
.
To
protract
and
lay
down
any
obseruations
taken
,
according
to
the
work
of
the
last
chapter
.
ON
a
fayre
sheete
of
paper
draw
a
right
line
at
length
in
any
conuenient
place
thereof
,
as
K.L.
in
the
Diagram
of
the
last
Chapter
,
which
line
is
not
to
be
taken
as
before
for
a
meridian
line
,
but
supposed
to
be
drawn
according
to
the
degree
taken
from
the
first
to
the
second
station
;
and
therefore
call
it
the
stationarie
line
,
and
thereon
lay
downe
your
stationary
distance
40
0
·
as
from
M.
to
N.
which
two
points
shall
represent
your
two
stations
,
then
on
M.
the
point
of
your
first
station
,
place
the
centre
of
your
Protractor
(
the
Semicircle
vpwards
)
turning
it
about
till
the
degree
65.
on
the
limbe
of
your
Protractor
(
being
the
degree
taken
from
the
first
to
the
second
stacion
)
cut
precisely
the
stacionary
line
drawne
,
and
there
keeping
it
firme
and
immoueable
,
marke
out
the
seuerall
degrees
of
your
first
stacion
;
according
to
your
Field-booke
;
and
so
worke
on
in
all
respects
as
is
taught
in
Chap.
23.
which
effected
,
remoue
your
Protractor
to
N.
the
point
of
your
second
station
,
where
placed
precisely
,
as
at
the
first
,
worke
forwards
with
the
degrees
and
lines
of
your
second
station
,
as
before
;
and
so
haue
you
finished
.
CHAP.
XXIX
.
To
take
the
Plot
of
a
Field
at
diuers
stacions
in
diuers
Angles
,
where
all
cannot
be
seene
from
one
,
and
to
measure
as
in
the
24.
Chapter
.
diagram
SVppose
this
Figure
be
a
Field
to
be
plotted
,
whose
angles
cannot
bee
seene
from
any
one
Angle
thereof
,
wherefore
imagine
you
are
now
standing
in
the
Angle
A.
from
whence
you
view
and
consider
what
Angles
may
there
bee
conueniently
seene
and
taken
,
which
you
find
to
be
those
at
B.
C.
D.
and
E.
then
directly
in
those
Angles
cause
markes
to
bee
placed
,
and
planting
your
Instrument
as
before
is
taught
in
A.
direct
your
sight
first
to
B.
then
to
C.
after
to
D.
and
lastly
to
E.
noting
the
seuerall
degrees
cut
towards
each
seuerall
Angle
,
and
measuring
as
in
the
24.
Chapter
,
from
your
station
to
euery
of
those
Angles
seuerally
,
and
your
worke
of
that
station
is
finished
.
Now
for
that
you
ended
your
last
worke
at
E.
remoue
your
Instrument
to
that
Angle
,
and
there
plant
it
precisely
,
as
at
the
first
stacion
,
vsing
both
your
needle
and
backe-sight
for
your
helpe
therein
;
And
here
consider
what
Angles
from
hence
may
be
perfectly
seene
and
taken
,
which
on
view
had
,
you
finde
to
be
all
the
residue
not
formerly
taken
,
as
F.G.H.I.K.L.
and
M.
wherefore
hauing
your
markes
placed
,
take
your
seuerall
obseruations
and
measure
your
seueral
lines
to
euery
of
these
Angles
,
as
to
those
of
the
first
station
,
taking
them
in
order
as
they
lye
,
and
you
haue
finished
.
But
suppose
at
this
station
,
you
could
haue
seene
onely
those
Angles
at
F.
G.
H.
and
I.
then
here
must
you
haue
finished
those
,
and
remoued
your
Instrument
to
I.
for
a
third
station
,
and
there
to
haue
performed
the
rest
,
or
as
many
as
there
you
might
,
and
if
any
remaining
,
to
take
a
fourth
,
and
a
fift
station
,
&c.
till
you
haue
finished
,
wherein
many
words
are
needlesse
,
the
matter
being
apparant
.
Your
obseruations
of
this
worke
are
these
.
A
generall
Note
.
And
let
it
be
noted
,
that
where
for
breuitie
sake
in
mine
instructions
,
aswell
here
as
else
where
,
I
omit
to
expresse
particularly
,
the
seuerall
degrees
and
lengthes
obserued
and
taken
betweene
each
station
and
the
seuerall
Angles
,
(
which
would
be
no
lesse
tedious
,
then
troublesome
in
breeding
confusion
)
I
obserue
a
due
order
in
the
placing
of
these
obseruations
of
degrees
and
angles
,
according
to
the
order
of
the
letters
about
the
plot
,
as
the
first
degree
and
length
116
½·
28
0
·
4
1
·
belong
to
the
first
line
A
B.
the
second
to
the
second
A
C.
and
the
like
of
all
the
rest
,
which
are
to
bee
protracted
and
layde
downe
,
as
appeareth
in
the
next
.
d
|
o
|
1
|
116
½
|
28
|
4
|
101
|
41
|
8
|
85
¼
|
55
|
8
|
74
½
|
41
|
8
|
86
|
22
|
—
|
75
½
|
32
|
8
|
69
1/●
|
22
|
6
|
59
|
31
|
5
|
45
¼
|
42
|
5
|
36
½
|
44
|
4
|
23
|
30
|
4
|
CHAP.
XXX
.
To
protract
and
lay
downe
any
obseruations
taken
,
according
to
the
worke
of
the
last
Chapter
.
THe
speediest
and
exactest
course
for
protracting
works
of
this
nature
,
consisting
of
diuers
stations
is
thus
.
First
,
draw
a
right
line
at
length
on
your
paper
,
to
represent
the
meridian
line
,
as
N
O.
in
the
last
Diagram
,
whereon
placing
your
Protractor
,
worke
in
all
respects
as
is
taught
in
Chap.
23.
for
the
obseruations
of
your
first
station
;
so
shall
you
finish
as
much
of
this
worke
as
is
included
by
the
lines
A
B.
B
C.
C
D.
and
D
E.
the
worke
of
your
first
station
;
then
by
the
point
E.
where
you
left
,
draw
another
meridian
line
as
P
Q.
which
(
by
PROB.
3.2
.
)
make
Parallel
to
the
first
line
,
N
O.
and
then
on
the
point
E.
place
your
Protractor
in
all
respects
,
as
at
the
first
,
&
worke
with
the
rest
as
before
,
whereby
you
shall
finish
the
worke
of
your
second
station
,
and
perfect
the
Figure
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M.
with
equall
Angles
,
and
proportionall
lines
to
the
measured
field
.
And
if
there
were
more
stations
to
be
vsed
in
the
Field-worke
,
then
at
the
point
where
the
worke
of
each
station
endeth
,
you
are
to
draw
another
meridian
line
parallel
to
the
rest
.
Or
before
you
begin
your
protraction
,
you
may
draw
diuers
parallell
lines
on
your
paper
,
representing
so
many
meridians
,
and
by
helpe
of
your
parallel
diuisions
,
placed
at
eyther
end
of
the
Scale
of
your
Protractor
,
you
shall
on
any
point
falling
either
vpon
or
besides
those
Meridians
place
your
Protractor
parallel
as
you
please
.
And
this
kind
of
protraction
may
be
vsed
in
stead
of
that
taught
in
the
28.
Chapter
,
as
the
better
,
though
eyther
will
serue
,
and
both
tending
to
one
end
.
Hitherto
haue
I
taught
after
a
perfect
and
exact
manner
the
mensuration
of
seuerals
(
by
diuers
meanes
)
where
one
field
or
close
onely
is
to
bee
taken
by
it selfe
:
But
if
many
seuerals
(
as
a
whole
Lordship
or
Mannor
)
were
to
bee
measured
and
plotted
together
:
I
hold
not
these
former
courses
the
fittest
:
but
rather
those
which
shall
bee
hereafter
taught
.
But
first
I
will
deliuer
some
few
directions
and
examples
,
for
the
dimension
of
seuerals
after
another
order
,
by
intersection
of
lines
at
seuerall
stacions
as
followeth
.
CHAP.
XXXI
.
To
take
the
plot
of
any
field
at
two
stations
,
so
as
all
the
Angles
may
be
seene
from
both
stacions
,
by
measuring
onely
the
stationarie
distance
.
diagram
SVppose
A
B
C
D
E
F
G.
be
a
Field
,
the
plot
whereof
is
required
to
be
taken
.
First
,
make
choice
of
two
such
conuenient
places
for
your
Stations
,
as
from
whence
you
may
see
all
the
Angles
about
the
Field
;
with
these
further
considerations
,
that
the
distance
betweene
your
stations
bee
of
conuenient
length
,
the
longer
the
better
,
that
they
lye
towards
the
middle
of
the
field
;
and
that
neyther
of
them
lye
interposed
in
a
right
line
betweene
the
other
,
and
any
Angle
of
the
Field
;
but
to
be
chosen
with
such
discretion
,
as
all
lines
drawne
from
eyther
station
to
the
seuerall
Angles
,
may
intersect
ech
other
with
as
large
angles
as
you
may
,
which
let
be
the
two
points
H.
and
I.
and
causing
marks
to
be
placed
in
euery
Angle
,
plant
your
Instrument
at
H.
as
is
before
taught
,
and
directing
your
sight
to
A.
obserue
the
degree
there
cut
;
and
the
like
to
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
and
G.
and
also
to
I.
the
second
station
,
then
take
vp
your
Instrument
,
leauing
a
marke
at
H.
from
whence
measure
the
stationarie
distance
to
I.
where
placing
your
Instrument
precisely
as
at
H.
obserue
likewise
all
the
degrees
cut
by
your
Index
,
directed
to
each
seuerall
Angle
as
before
:
Of
all
which
seuerall
obseruations
keepe
notice
in
your
Field-booke
as
hath
beene
often
mentioned
;
wherewith
on
a
cleane
sheete
of
paper
by
the
directions
of
the
18.
and
30.
Chapters
,
the
plot
thereof
is
speedily
protracted
,
and
your
businesse
fully
finished
.
And
here
note
the
accuitie
of
diuers
of
those
Angles
in
the
Diagram
,
caused
by
the
intersection
of
the
pricked
lines
,
notwithstanding
all
care
had
therein
;
and
what
inconueniences
may
hereby
grow
,
without
good
regard
;
and
yet
are
these
Angles
vsually
drawne
by
many
,
who
make
a
poore
shift
therewith
.
CHAP.
XXXII
.
To
take
the
plot
of
any
Field
remote
from
you
at
two
stations
,
when
eyther
by
opposition
you
may
not
,
or
some
other
impediment
you
cannot
come
into
the
same
.
SVppose
A
B
C
D
E
diagram
F.
bee
a
Fielde
,
whereinto
by
no
meanes
you
can
bee
suffered
to
enter
,
yet
of
necessity
must
the
plot
thereof
be
had
.
In
such
case
make
choise
of
any
two
places
,
eyther
neere
hand
,
or
further
off
,
all
is
one
;
so
from
thence
you
may
well
decerne
the
seuerall
Angles
of
the
same
Field
;
and
let
your
stationary
distance
bee
the
full
length
of
the
Field
,
at
the
least
if
possibly
you
may
;
which
two
places
let
be
G.
and
H.
First
plant
your
Instrument
at
G.
and
by
directing
your
sight
in
order
one
after
other
to
A.B.C.D.E.
and
F.
the
seuerall
Angles
of
the
Field
,
obserue
the
seuerall
degrees
there
cut
,
as
is
before
taught
;
then
turne
your
sight
to
H.
your
second
station
,
and
note
the
degree
there
cut
;
which
done
,
take
vp
your
Instrument
,
leauing
a
marke
at
G.
and
measure
from
thence
to
H.
your
stationary
distance
,
and
there
plant
your
Instrument
in
all
respects
as
before
,
and
make
the
like
obseruations
to
all
the
seuerall
Angles
of
the
Field
,
as
formerly
at
G.
So
haue
you
finished
your
Field-worke
,
which
is
to
be
protracted
and
layde
downe
according
to
your
Instructions
of
the
18.
Chapter
.
And
here
note
,
by
reason
of
the
length
of
the
stationary
distance
,
how
excellently
the
lines
issuing
from
thence
,
intersect
each
other
,
which
of
necessitie
makes
the
conclusion
absolute
.
CHAP.
XXXIII
.
To
take
the
Plot
of
any
Field
by
making
obseruation
at
euery
Angle
,
and
measuring
onely
one
line
,
but
no
part
of
the
perimeter
.
diagram
d
|
o
|
1
|
109
|
21
|
7
½
|
118
½
|
|
|
10
½
|
|
|
88
½
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
74
½
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
75
½
|
|
|
35
¼
|
|
|
Which
is
to
be
protracted
,
as
is
taught
in
the
next
.
CHAP.
XXXIIII
.
To
protract
and
lay
downe
any
obseruations
taken
,
according
to
the
worke
of
the
last
Chapter
.
THis
kinde
of
protraction
is
somewhat
different
from
all
the
rest
formerly
taught
,
wherefore
obserue
it
thus
.
First
,
draw
diuers
parallel
lines
ouer
all
your
paper
,
of
conuenient
distance
one
from
another
(
not
exceeding
the
bredth
of
the
Scale
of
your
Protractor
)
which
shall
represent
the
Meridians
;
then
with
your
obseruations
layde
before
you
,
take
a
point
in
any
conuenient
place
of
your
paper
,
whether
vpon
or
besides
any
parallel
line
,
it
is
not
materiall
,
as
at
A.
in
the
last
Diagram
,
then
thereon
place
the
Centre
of
your
Protractor
(
the
Semicircle
vpwards
)
turning
it
about
on
your
protracting
pinne
,
till
you
find
the
match
or
opposite
parallel
diuisions
on
eyther
end
of
the
scale
,
to
lye
eyther
precisely
vpon
any
one
line
,
or
equally
distant
ouer
or
beneath
the
same
;
then
looke
in
your
booke
what
are
the
first
two
degrees
,
which
is
109.
and
118½·
against
which
two
degrees
,
by
the
edge
of
your
Protractors
Semicircle
,
make
seuerall
prickes
on
your
paper
,
whereby
,
and
by
the
point
A.
draw
the
two
right
lines
A
F.
and
A
B.
out
at
length
,
and
from
A.
to
F.
lay
downe
your
measured
length
21
0
·
7
1
½·
then
on
the
point
F.
place
the
Centre
of
your
Protractor
precisely
as
before
,
by
helpe
of
your
diuisions
on
the
end
of
the
Scale
,
and
find
in
your
Field-booke
what
degrees
you
haue
(
more
then
the
first
already
done
)
marked
with
points
or
other
markes
in
the
margent
(
as
was
taught
in
the
Field-worke
)
which
are
10
½·
106.93
.
&
75
½·
against
all
which
degrees
on
your
Protractor
make
seuerall
prickes
as
before
,
whereby
,
and
by
the
point
F.
draw
out
at
length
the
seuerall
lines
F
B.
F
C.
F
D.
and
F
E.
remembring
(
as
you
are
taught
in
Chap.
23.
)
alwayes
to
draw
those
lines
proceeding
from
all
the
degrees
vnder
60.
downwards
or
towards
you
from
the
point
F.
and
those
aboue
60.
vpwards
from
the
point
F.
Then
note
,
that
by
drawing
out
the
line
F
B.
you
haue
intersected
the
line
A
B.
(
formerly
drawne
)
in
the
point
B.
on
which
point
now
place
your
Protractor
as
before
,
and
finde
in
your
Booke
the
second
degree
vnmarked
in
the
margent
(
for
the
first
A
B.
is
alreadie
done
,
and
likewise
all
those
which
are
marked
)
which
is
88
½·
against
which
,
on
your
Protractor
make
a
pricke
,
and
thereby
,
and
by
the
point
B.
draw
the
line
B
C.
till
it
intersect
the
line
F
C.
in
C.
then
place
your
Protractor
on
the
point
C.
as
before
,
and
finde
in
your
booke
the
next
degree
vnmarked
,
which
is
74
½·
and
against
that
degree
on
your
Protractor
make
a
pricke
,
whereby
,
and
by
the
point
C.
draw
out
at
length
the
line
C
D.
to
cut
the
line
F
D.
in
D.
and
in
like
manner
proceed
with
the
rest
;
so
shall
you
include
the
Figure
A
B
C
D
E.
like
vnto
the
measured
Field
.
Where
note
,
that
now
the
points
in
the
margent
serue
you
to
purpose
,
at
an
instant
distinguishing
those
degrees
taken
at
each
angle
towards
the
point
F.
from
the
others
vnmarked
,
representing
those
of
the
Perimeter
.
This
kind
of
worke
well
handled
,
is
very
exact
and
artificiall
.
CHAP.
XXXV
.
To
take
the
Plot
of
any
Field
at
diuers
stations
,
measuring
onely
the
stacionary
distances
.
diagram
SVppose
this
irregular
Figure
to
represent
a
Field
,
whose
plot
is
to
be
taken
.
First
,
cause
markes
to
bee
placed
in
euery
Angle
thereof
,
and
then
(
remembring
those
cautions
and
considerations
in
this
behalfe
deliuered
in
Chap.
31.
)
make
choyce
of
your
first
station
,
which
let
be
at
N.
where
planting
your
Instrument
,
direct
your
sight
to
as
many
Angles
seuerally
as
lyes
there
within
your
view
,
as
to
A.B.C.
and
D.
and
take
obseruation
of
the
seueral
degrees
there
cut
,
and
then
(
before
you
remoue
your
Instrument
)
make
choyce
of
your
second
station
,
from
whence
you
may
not
onely
see
all
those
former
angles
,
but
as
many
more
as
possibly
you
may
,
which
let
be
at
O.
then
directing
your
sight
to
O.
obserue
the
degree
there
cut
,
and
taking
vp
your
Instrument
,
leaue
there
a
marke
,
and
measure
the
distance
from
thence
to
O.
where
againe
plant
your
Instrument
as
before
at
N.
and
then
directing
your
sight
to
those
former
Angles
A.
B.
C.
and
D.
note
seuerally
what
degrees
are
cut
,
and
you
haue
finished
for
those
Angles
.
Now
consider
what
other
Angles
you
can
here
espie
as
those
at
E.
M.
L.
and
K.
and
thither
likewise
direct
your
sight
seuerally
,
and
make
your
seuerall
obseruations
as
before
,
which
done
(
your
Instrument
remayning
)
make
choyce
of
your
third
station
,
(
from
whence
you
may
not
onely
see
those
Angles
at
E.
M.
L.
and
K.
but
as
many
other
vnfinished
Angles
as
you
may
)
which
let
be
at
P.
then
directing
your
sight
to
P.
obserue
your
degree
thither
,
leaue
a
marke
at
O.
take
vp
your
Instrument
,
and
measure
from
O.
to
P.
where
againe
plant
your
Instrument
,
and
make
your
obseruations
of
those
former
Angles
E.
M.
L.
and
K.
so
haue
you
thus
farre
wrought
.
And
now
againe
considering
what
other
Angles
you
can
here
espie
,
you
shall
finde
within
your
view
F.
G.
H.
and
I.
being
all
the
residue
vnfinished
;
wherefore
here
also
make
your
seuerall
obseruations
of
these
last
Angles
,
and
choyse
of
your
last
station
,
as
at
Q.
whither
directing
your
sight
,
and
making
obseruation
,
take
vp
your
Instrument
,
and
with
a
marke
at
P.
measure
the
distance
to
Q.
where
lastly
plant
your
Instrument
,
and
making
your
obseruations
of
those
last
seuerall
Angles
at
F.
G.
H.
and
I.
as
before
;
your
Field-worke
is
finished
.
And
by
the
directions
of
the
18.
and
30.
Chapters
,
you
may
protract
the
same
accordingly
.
CHAP.
XXXVI
.
To
take
the
Plot
of
a
Forrest
,
or
any
spacious
Common
or
Waste
,
of
whatsoeuer
quantitie
,
by
the
Plaine
Table
,
on
one
sheete
of
paper
without
altering
thereof
.
diagram
SVppose
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
to
bee
some
large
irregular
ground
,
and
it
is
required
to
plot
the
same
.
First
,
a
sheete
of
paper
being
placed
on
your
Plaine
Table
after
the
vsuall
manner
,
Take
a
point
at
all
aduenture
about
the
middle
thereof
as
at
Q.
in
the
Diagram
,
and
thereon
describe
foure
concentricke
Circles
of
conuenient
distance
,
the
vttermost
extending
neere
the
bredth
of
the
Table
,
whereby
you
shall
produce
three
seuerall
circular
spaces
,
which
are
thus
to
bee
employed
;
In
the
vttermost
,
expresse
the
seuerall
lengthes
of
all
such
lines
,
which
in
passing
forward
in
your
worke
shall
bee
found
declining
or
extending
outwards
,
as
the
lines
D
E.
G
H.
and
I
A.
which
lines
alwayes
issue
from
an
Angle
greater
then
a
Semicircle
,
the
inclination
whereof
causeth
the
declination
of
the
line
:
the
second
which
is
the
middlemost
space
,
let
serue
for
the
number
of
each
line
;
and
in
the
third
and
innermost
space
,
expresse
the
seuerall
lengthes
of
all
such
lines
,
as
in
passing
forwardes
shall
be
found
inclining
or
extending
inwards
,
as
all
the
other
lines
in
the
figure
not
formerly
mentioned
.
And
these
thus
vnderstood
,
proceede
forwards
in
this
manner
.
Plant
your
Instrument
after
the
vsuall
order
in
the
Angle
,
where
you
purpose
to
begin
,
which
let
be
A.
and
let
the
Centre
Q.
on
your
Table
,
alwaies
in
your
whole
worke
represent
your
place
of
standing
,
then
lay
your
Ruler
on
the
Centre
Q.
and
turning
it
about
,
thereon
direct
your
sight
to
I.
and
by
the
edge
of
the
Ruler
,
draw
the
line
Q.
K.
(
which
shall
be
your
inclosing
line
)
extending
it
to
the
vttermost
Circle
,
and
in
the
middle
space
,
on
that
line
(
which
is
to
beare
no
number
)
place
the
Ciphero
.
then
keeping
still
the
Centre
point
Q.
turne
about
your
Ruler
,
and
direct
your
sight
to
B.
and
by
the
edge
of
your
Ruler
draw
the
line
Q
N.
and
in
the
middle
space
on
that
line
expresse
the
Figure
1.
the
number
of
the
first
line
you
goe
on
,
so
haue
you
on
the
Table
the
Angle
K
Q
N.
equall
to
the
Angle
I
A
B.
in
the
field
,
then
take
vp
your
Instrument
,
and
measure
the
line
A
B.
29
0
·
2
1
½·
which
length
expresse
on
your
first
line
Q
N.
and
for
as
much
as
the
line
is
inclining
,
place
the
same
in
the
innermost
space
,
as
in
the
Diagram
;
then
place
your
Instrument
precisely
at
B.
and
turne
it
about
on
the
staffe
(
your
Ruler
lying
on
your
first
line
Q
N.
till
you
finde
the
same
line
to
lye
parallel
with
the
line
A
B.
of
the
Field
,
hauing
Q.
towards
you
,
and
N.
towards
the
Angle
A.
(
for
the
Centre
Q.
in
euery
Angle
must
represent
the
point
of
the
same
Angle
)
then
your
Table
there
fixed
,
direct
your
sight
to
C.
and
draw
your
line
which
shall
bee
the
line
Q
R.
and
expresse
thereon
in
the
middle
space
the
figure
2.
for
the
second
line
,
so
haue
you
also
the
Angle
N
Q
R.
on
the
Table
,
equall
to
the
second
Angle
A
B
C.
in
the
Field
:
then
take
vp
your
Instrument
,
and
measure
the
line
B
C.
12
0
·
5
1
·
which
place
on
the
second
line
Q
R.
in
the
innermost
space
,
and
planting
your
Instrument
at
C.
direct
your
last
line
Q
R.
towards
B.
as
you
did
,
the
first
towards
A.
and
then
take
the
quantitie
of
this
Angle
,
as
before
,
and
you
shall
haue
the
Angle
R
Q
L.
on
your
Table
,
equall
to
B
C
D.
in
the
Field
.
And
thus
proceede
from
angle
to
angle
,
making
alwayes
the
last
side
of
the
last
Angle
to
bee
the
first
of
the
next
,
with
all
their
points
concurring
in
the
Centre
Q.
and
measuring
and
expressing
the
seuerall
lengthes
of
each
line
,
as
before
;
you
shall
obtain
the
quantitie
of
euery
Angle
,
and
the
length
of
euery
line
throughout
the
whole
worke
:
whereby
you
may
speedily
protract
and
lay
downe
the
same
,
as
is
taught
in
the
next
.
But
in
the
meane
space
it
is
to
be
noted
,
that
if
in
your
former
worke
it
happen
at
any
time
,
that
one
line
fall
directly
on
any
other
,
formerly
drawn
on
your
Table
(
as
in
the
former
Diagram
,
the
seuenth
line
Q
R.
falleth
on
the
second
line
formerly
drawne
)
then
in
such
case
expresse
the
number
of
the
same
last
line
in
the
middle
space
,
where
the
first
is
numbred
,
with
a
stroke
betweene
them
;
but
place
the
numbers
,
expressing
the
length
of
the
same
last
line
,
without
the
vttermost
Circle
,
if
it
be
declining
(
as
in
the
former
example
22
0
·
2
1
·
)
and
within
the
innermost
,
if
it
be
inclining
.
This
kind
of
mensuration
of
spacious
works
with
the
Plaine
Table
(
which
likewise
may
be
wrought
with
any
other
Instrument
according
to
Chapter
15.
)
is
wonderfull
necessary
both
for
speed
and
exactnesse
,
if
artificially
handled
:
but
if
it
be
required
to
haue
notice
taken
of
the
seuerall
lands
and
grounds
abutting
and
confining
hereon
,
you
must
then
haue
prouided
a
Field-booke
for
that
purpose
.
CHAP.
XXXVII
.
To
protract
and
lay
downe
any
obseruations
taken
,
according
to
the
worke
of
the
last
Chapter
.
HAuing
before
you
the
paper
of
your
Field-worke
as
you
wrought
on
the
Table
:
If
you
imagine
that
one
sheete
of
paper
will
not
serue
the
turne
,
you
may
with
mouth-glue
,
lay
as
many
together
as
you
please
;
and
then
(
considering
which
way
your
worke
will
extend
)
draw
a
right
line
accordingly
on
your
paper
,
whereon
,
with
your
Scale
and
Compasse
,
lay
down
the
length
of
your
first
line
Q
N.
29
0
·
2
1
½·
as
the
line
A
B.
in
the
Diagram
of
the
former
Chapter
,
and
then
on
the
end
B.
of
that
line
,
by
PROB.
8.2
.
protract
an
Angle
,
equall
to
the
Angle
N
Q
R.
as
the
Angle
A
B.
C.
and
on
the
side
B
C.
of
that
Angle
,
place
by
your
Scale
the
length
of
your
second
line
R
Q.
12
0
·
5
1
·
from
B.
to
C.
and
on
the
point
C.
where
your
last
length
ended
,
protract
another
Angle
,
equall
to
the
Angle
R
Q
L.
your
third
Angle
taken
,
as
the
Angle
B
C
D.
and
on
the
side
C
D.
extended
,
place
the
length
of
your
third
line
L
Q.
14
0
·
9
1
·
from
C.
to
D.
And
so
proceede
from
Angle
to
Angle
,
protracting
your
Angles
equal
(
and
in
order
by
the
number
of
lines
)
to
those
answerable
in
your
concentricke
Circles
,
and
laying
downe
duly
by
your
Scale
on
each
line
,
the
length
thereunto
belonging
,
you
shall
produce
the
Figure
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I.
like
vnto
the
measured
quantitie
.
And
hauing
thus
finished
;
if
you
doubt
or
make
question
,
whether
you
haue
wrought
exactly
or
not
,
and
desire
to
be
resolued
therein
,
make
approbation
thus
.
Collect
the
quantitie
of
all
your
Angles
in
your
whole
worke
,
and
adding
them
together
,
note
the
totall
thereof
;
which
in
this
former
worke
is
1260.
then
multiply
180.
(
the
number
of
degrees
in
a
Semicircle
)
by
a
number
lesse
by
2.
then
the
number
of
Angles
in
your
worke
,
If
your
degrees
be
those
of
120.
as
obserued
by
the
Peractor
,
or
Circūferentor
,
then
in
stead
of
180.
you
must
take
60.
which
here
is
7.
(
for
the
number
of
Angles
is
9.
as
appeareth
by
the
line
O
Q.
which
sheweth
the
number
of
the
last
line
,
and
consequently
of
the
Angles
)
and
if
the
product
of
that
multiplication
agree
with
the
former
totall
;
then
by
THEOR.
74.1
.
you
haue
done
rightly
,
otherwise
not
;
as
the
Product
of
180.
by
7.
is
1260.
agreeing
with
your
first
number
;
and
therefore
may
you
confidently
affirme
to
haue
wrought
exactly
,
which
rule
is
generall
for
all
other
plottes
,
and
superficiall
figures
whatsoeuer
.
Thus
hitherto
haue
wee
dealt
in
the
plotting
and
dimension
of
seueralls
;
and
that
by
such
seuerall
,
exact
and
artificiall
wayes
and
meanes
,
as
may
most
sufficiently
serue
aswell
for
the
absolute
performance
thereof
,
as
(
if
well
vnderstood
and
practised
)
of
many
other
excellent
conclusions
.
But
were
you
to
suruey
and
plot
great
quantities
,
and
many
seuerals
together
as
a
whole
Lordship
or
Mannor
,
or
to
deale
in
mensuration
of
impassible
wood-grounds
,
wherein
you
are
debarred
from
crossing
ouer
or
working
within
the
same
;
I
cannot
aduise
you
therein
to
the
vse
of
these
former
Precepts
,
(
though
otherwise
to
excellent
purpose
)
but
rather
to
vse
and
obserue
the
meanes
and
courses
prescribed
and
taught
in
the
next
following
Chapter
,
which
of
all
other
is
the
most
generall
,
absolute
and
exact
,
for
the
mensuration
of
all
manner
superficiall
Figures
,
of
what
forme
,
quantitie
,
or
number
soeuer
;
and
therefore
to
bee
obserued
with
good
respect
.
CHAP.
XXXVIII
.
To
take
the
plot
of
a
Lordship
or
Mannor
,
consisting
of
diuers
seuerals
,
of
what
nature
or
kind
soeuer
,
whether
Wood
groundes
or
other
.
THe
precepts
and
instructions
taught
,
and
deliuered
in
the
10.
Chapter
of
this
booke
,
concerning
the
description
and
vse
of
a
necessarie
Field-booke
,
might
well
serue
with
diligent
obseruation
for
the
performance
of
this
worke
:
But
seeing
that
there
(
according
to
the
proposed
matter
)
my
chiefe
indeuours
tended
rather
to
the
explanation
thereof
,
then
to
the
forme
and
order
of
mensuration
,
wee
will
here
make
vse
of
the
Figure
there
expressed
;
and
by
inserting
certaine
necessarie
obseruations
there
omitted
(
as
needlesse
to
that
purpose
)
referre
you
for
a
full
satisfaction
,
to
the
consideration
and
due
obseruation
of
those
,
and
these
conioyned
.
Wherefore
suppose
that
the
figure
or
Diagram
there
expressed
,
were
a
Mannor
,
or
part
of
a
Mannor
to
bee
measured
and
plotted
.
First
,
write
your
Title
,
as
there
is
mentioned
then
planting
your
Instrument
in
A.
direct
your
sight
to
B.
and
hauing
obserued
the
degree
there
cut
,
take
vp
your
Instrument
,
and
measure
to
B.
entring
your
degree
and
length
into
your
booke
,
then
plant
not
your
Instrument
at
B.
but
onely
measure
from
thence
to
C.
and
there
place
your
Instrument
,
&
direct
ypur
sight
backwards
to
B.
obseruing
your
degree
;
but
with
this
speciall
regard
,
that
in
taking
your
backe
sights
,
you
alwayes
reckon
the
degree
cut
by
one
and
the
same
end
of
the
Index
,
as
you
reckon
on
,
when
you
direct
your
sight
forwards
;
or
otherwise
you
take
the
opposite
degree
to
that
you
should
,
which
will
much
trouble
you
in
protraction
:
then
here
consider
,
that
you
are
to
leaue
the
bounder
,
which
you
went
against
from
A.
where
you
began
,
to
this
place
,
&
therfore
draw
a
single
line
,
and
as
you
are
there
taught
,
write
the
bounder
past
,
as
in
the
example
of
your
booke
;
then
direct
your
sight
to
D.
and
obseruing
your
degree
,
measure
thither
,
which
hauing
entred
,
make
there
another
single
line
,
for
that
here
you
leaue
that
bounder
also
,
which
let
be
expressed
;
then
measure
from
D.
to
E.
and
there
plant
your
Instrument
,
and
as
before
direct
your
sight
backewards
to
D.
and
obserue
the
degree
with
the
former
caution
,
which
done
,
turne
your
sight
to
F.
and
hauing
your
degree
,
measure
from
E.
to
F.
and
likewise
from
F.
to
G.
expressing
in
your
Booke
those
lengthes
seuerally
,
then
plant
your
Instrument
at
G.
and
taking
your
degree
from
thence
backwards
to
F.
as
before
,
here
strike
a
single
line
,
and
write
your
third
bounder
,
then
take
your
degree
to
H.
and
measure
thither
,
where
also
(
that
being
your
last
Angle
)
you
must
plant
your
Instrument
,
and
worke
as
before
to
A.
where
you
began
,
and
then
strike
a
double
line
,
signifying
you
haue
finished
that
Field
.
And
in
like
manner
proceed
with
all
the
rest
from
one
Close
to
another
,
till
you
haue
finished
the
whole
worke
,
as
you
are
most
plainely
directed
in
the
10.
Chapter
,
remembring
alwayes
to
measure
euery
line
;
and
to
place
your
Instrument
at
each
other
Angle
,
taking
your
backe-sights
to
that
very
point
or
marke
,
whereunto
you
directed
your
sight
last
before
.
So
shall
you
most
exactly
,
and
with
great
expedition
performe
your
desire
.
And
your
worke
is
to
bee
protracted
as
is
taught
in
the
next
.
CHAP.
XXXIX
.
To
protract
and
laye
downe
a
Plot
of
many
seuerals
,
of
what
quantitie
or
number
soeuer
.
ACcording
to
the
quantitie
of
your
plot
,
or
the
largenesse
you
suppose
it
will
be
of
,
glue
papers
together
;
but
if
very
large
,
lay
first
together
but
4.
or
8.
sheetes
onely
,
and
rule
them
all
ouer
with
parallel
lines
,
representing
Meridians
of
such
conuenient
distance
,
as
they
exceede
not
the
bredth
of
your
Protractors
Scale
.
Then
laying
your
Field-booke
before
you
,
suppose
you
are
to
protract
the
obseruations
mentioned
in
the
tenth
Chapter
,
and
considering
towards
what
point
of
the
Compasse
your
worke
will
most
incline
or
extend
,
begin
your
protraction
accordingly
;
as
in
that
example
;
it
inclineth
towards
the
East
,
and
North-east
from
the
place
of
beginning
;
wherefore
beginne
your
protraction
towards
the
Southwest
part
of
your
plot
;
and
there
make
a
point
,
whereon
place
the
Centre
of
your
Protractor
(
with
the
Semicircle
eyther
vpwards
or
downewards
,
as
you
best
fancie
)
and
holding
your
protracting
pinne
in
that
point
,
moue
about
your
Protractor
thereon
,
till
you
finde
one
and
the
same
parallel
diuision
on
eyther
end
of
your
Protractors
Scale
,
to
lye
eyther
directly
vpon
any
one
parallel
line
,
or
equidistantly
aboue
or
beneath
the
same
;
and
there
,
with
your
left
hand
keepe
firm
your
Protractor
,
whilest
you
finde
in
your
Field-booke
the
first
degree
65.
against
which
,
on
the
limbe
of
your
Protractor
place
the
point
of
your
protracting
pinne
,
and
there
keepe
it
,
bringing
the
edge
of
your
Protractors
Scale
thereunto
with
the
first
diuision
of
the
Scale
on
your
chosen
point
,
and
then
draw
a
line
by
the
edge
of
your
Scale
of
your
first
length
in
the
booke
20
0
·
2
1
·
as
the
line
A
B.
But
with
this
respect
,
that
(
as
before
is
taught
)
the
lines
belonging
to
euery
degree
vnder
60.
bee
drawne
from
the
Centre
point
downewards
,
or
inclining
towards
you
,
and
the
lines
belonging
to
euery
degree
aboue
60.
(
as
the
last
line
A
B.
)
bee
drawne
from
the
same
point
vpwards
,
or
reclining
from
you
:
Then
place
your
Protractor
on
the
point
B.
(
being
the
end
of
your
last
line
)
in
all
respects
as
before
at
A.
and
finding
your
next
degree
and
length
in
your
booke
to
bee
68.
16
0
·
6
1
·
against
68
degrees
on
your
Protractor
,
place
the
point
of
your
protracting
pinne
,
and
applying
the
Scale
of
your
Protractor
thereunto
,
with
the
beginning
of
the
diuisions
thereof
on
the
point
B.
draw
your
line
of
the
length
16
0
·
6
1
·
as
B
C.
and
here
(
considering
you
are
to
leaue
the
bounder
you
went
against
)
make
a
small
stroke
or
marke
at
C.
with
your
penne
,
and
finding
in
your
Booke
,
at
the
end
of
your
last
length
the
figure
(
1
)
place
that
at
C.
with
blacke
lead
(
the
vse
whereof
shall
partly
appeare
)
then
place
your
Protractor
on
the
point
C.
(
the
end
of
your
last
line
)
as
before
,
and
find
your
next
degree
and
length
36
½·
22
0
·
5
1
·
and
against
that
degree
on
your
Protractor
,
place
the
point
of
your
protracting
pinne
,
and
bringing
the
edge
of
your
Protractor
thereunto
as
before
,
from
the
point
C.
draw
the
line
C
D.
of
the
length
22
0
·
5
1
·
which
seruing
to
a
degree
vnder
60.
is
to
bee
drawne
from
the
point
C.
downwards
as
before
.
And
so
proceede
with
your
seuerall
degrees
and
lines
,
in
order
as
you
finde
them
in
your
booke
,
till
you
come
to
the
point
A.
where
you
first
began
,
and
hauing
wrought
truly
,
you
shall
there
iustly
inclose
your
first
seuerall
.
Then
looke
in
your
Booke
where
you
are
to
beginne
your
next
inclosure
;
and
you
shall
be
thereby
directed
to
beginne
from
Nᵒ.
(
1.
)
Wherefore
seeke
in
your
last
protraction
where
you
placed
that
number
,
which
you
shall
finde
at
C.
and
there
you
are
to
beginne
your
second
parcell
;
wherewith
,
and
with
the
rest
proceed
in
all
respects
as
with
the
first
.
Small
practice
with
good
obseruation
(
whereunto
I
will
leaue
you
)
is
much
more
auaileable
then
many
words
.
And
therefore
will
I
cease
to
spend
further
time
herein
.
CHAP.
XL.
The
order
and
meanes
of
measuring
and
taking
the
seuerall
and
particular
quantities
in
common
fields
,
with
a
briefe
instruction
concerning
the
vse
of
my
Chaine
.
THe
whole
plot
and
quantitie
of
common
fields
are
to
be
taken
and
plotted
as
they
lye
among
other
the
adiacent
grounds
,
according
to
the
directions
of
the
38.
Chapter
,
without
regard
of
the
seuerall
and
particular
quantities
therein
contained
;
which
afterwards
are
to
be
had
and
obtained
after
this
maner
.
Let
a
Booke
bee
purposely
prouided
,
which
call
your
Common-Field-Booke
to
bee
ruled
as
in
the
example
,
containing
eight
Collums
.
The
first
towardes
the
The
West
field
art
.
Broad
furlong
.
Tenants
names
.
|
Bredth
.
|
Length
.
|
Quantity
|
0
|
1
|
2
|
0
|
1
|
2
|
a.
r.
p.
|
(
1
)
Io.
Woods
from
the
Church
lane
east
wards
free
.
|
1
|
3
|
2
|
16
|
2
|
—
|
0-0-21
|
(
2
)
Wil.
Browne
by
Copie
.
|
6
|
8
|
2
|
16
|
2
|
—
|
0-2-30
-
|
(
3
)
Fra.
Jacksons
for
3.
liues
.
|
8
|
4
|
1
|
14
|
2
|
3
|
0-3-0
|
(
4
)
Tho.
Coakes
for
yeeres
.
|
7
|
5
|
2
|
15
|
4
|
2
|
0-2-36
|
(
5
)
●il
.
Iones
at
will
.
|
5
|
6
|
3
|
15
|
4
|
2
|
0
2-7
|
left
hand
,
seruing
for
the
Tenants
names
and
the
tenure
whereby
they
hold
the
same
lands
;
the
next
three
for
the
bredth
of
euery
parcell
intituled
with
these
Signes
,
or
Characters
,
0.1.2
.
signifiing
Vnites
,
Primes
and
Seconds
,
as
is
taught
in
the
6.
Chapter
of
this
Booke
;
the
next
three
for
the
length
with
the
like
Title
;
and
the
eighth
or
last
towards
the
right
hand
,
for
the
content
of
each
seuerall
parcell
,
the
length
and
bredth
being
multiplied
together
.
In
this
worke
there
is
no
vse
of
any
other
Instrument
,
then
your
chaine
onely
:
And
beginning
with
any
one
furlong
or
went
,
expresse
first
in
your
booke
the
name
of
the
field
,
&
then
of
the
same
your
first
furlong
,
and
so
the
rest
of
the
Title
,
as
in
the
example
,
then
in
the
first
Collum
write
the
Tenants
name
,
whose
land
you
first
measure
,
&
withall
from
what
place
you
begin
,
&
on
what
point
of
the
compasse
you
passe
from
thence
,
wherby
you
shal
be
able
afterwards
(
obseruing
the
same
course
in
the
beginning
of
euery
furlong
)
to
abut
and
bound
euery
parcell
if
need
require
,
&
likewise
in
the
same
first
collum
,
expresse
by
what
tenure
it
is
held
,
them
consider
how
the
whole
furlong
lyeth
if
al
of
one
length
,
then
need
you
take
the
length
but
once
for
all
,
although
there
were
twentie
Tenants
lands
in
the
same
;
but
if
irregularly
,
as
in
some
places
shorter
,
and
others
longer
;
then
at
euery
second
or
third
bredth
,
(
or
oftener
if
occasion
require
)
take
the
length
thereof
,
and
expresse
the
same
vnder
your
title
of
length
,
as
for
the
seuerall
bredthes
,
you
may
onely
crosse
ouer
the
whole
furlong
about
the
middle
therof
,
taking
euery
mans
bredth
,
and
entring
the
same
as
you
passe
,
vnlesse
you
finde
extraordinary
difference
betweene
the
bredthes
at
eyther
end
;
if
so
,
then
measure
the
bredth
of
both
ends
,
adding
those
two
bredthes
together
,
whereof
take
halfe
for
your
bredth
,
&
enter
it
in
your
booke
,
or
you
may
enter
both
bredthes
,
and
take
halfe
thereof
when
you
cast
vp
the
contents
.
And
thus
proceede
from
one
furlong
to
another
,
till
you
haue
finished
the
whole
field
.
And
when
you
haue
done
(
or
at
any
time
after
at
your
pleasure
)
by
multiplying
those
lengthes
and
bredthes
together
(
which
is
most
speedily
and
exactly
performed
,
as
hereafter
followeth
according
to
the
order
of
decimall
multiplication
)
you
haue
your
seueral
contents
to
bee
expressed
in
the
last
Collum
.
And
lastly
,
number
all
the
seuerall
parcels
in
the
whole
booke
by
Figures
in
the
margent
,
from
1.
forwards
as
in
the
example
,
which
will
serue
you
to
good
purpose
,
in
the
collecting
of
euery
mans
parcels
together
,
as
shall
be
hereafter
declared
.
And
here
shal
you
find
(
and
in
all
other
workes
of
this
nature
)
most
excellent
vse
of
my
decimall
chain
described
in
the
sixt
chapter
of
this
booke
.
But
lest
you
should
bee
absolutely
ignorant
of
the
manner
and
order
of
casting
vp
of
the
seuerall
contents
,
according
to
the
lengthes
and
bredths
so
taken
and
obserued
as
before
,
and
consequently
the
chaine
with
the
seuerall
parts
and
fractions
thereof
may
stand
you
in
little
stead
,
I
will
here
briefly
touch
the
order
thereof
,
in
two
examples
thus
.
diagram
diagram
diagram
diagram
And
after
this
manner
(
with
due
obseruation
)
may
you
most
easily
and
aptly
apply
this
chaine
,
and
the
seuerall
parts
and
fractions
thereof
to
all
the
ordinarie
rules
of
Arithmetike
,
as
Addition
,
Subtraction
,
Multiplication
,
and
Diuision
,
working
any
dimension
thereby
,
as
if
they
were
Intigers
,
or
whole
numbers
.
And
thus
much
for
a
taste
onely
of
the
necessarie
and
infinite
vse
of
this
Chaine
thus
diuided
.
All
this
time
hitherto
in
our
former
mensurations
haue
wee
walked
in
plaine
and
euen
leuelles
,
wherein
the
Plaine
Table
artificially
handled
,
(
whereof
many
vsing
it
,
are
to
seeke
)
is
an
excellent
Instrument
.
But
suppose
wee
are
now
trauelling
into
Wales
,
or
any
other
place
where
are
mountainous
and
vneuen
grounds
;
then
must
wee
of
necessitie
,
eyther
leaue
that
Instrument
behind
vs
,
or
vse
those
meanes
,
or
the
like
expressed
in
the
description
thereof
,
Chap.
3.
Vnlesse
we
haue
insight
in
that
excellent
art
,
which
many
plaine
plaine
Tablemen
haue
(
wanting
those
meanes
)
at
an
instant
to
conuert
the
highest
mountains
to
plaine
and
leuel
grounds
,
pressing
them
downe
,
and
inforcing
them
on
a
Plaine
sheete
of
paper
to
lye
leuell
with
the
rest
;
which
they
easily
performe
by
onely
thrusting
out
their
bordering
grounds
from
their
due
and
naturall
place
,
where
,
ab
initio
they
haue
remained
.
Yet
let
vs
consider
of
some
better
meanes
for
the
performance
thereof
,
which
shall
be
hereafter
taught
.
CHAP.
XLI
.
To
reduce
Hipothenusall
to
Horizontall
lines
by
the
Peractor
.
SVppose
diagram
A
B
C
D.
be
a
hill
,
or
mountaine
to
be
protracted
and
layde
downe
in
your
plotte
amongst
your
other
grounds
:
It
is
apparant
by
the
Figure
,
that
the
hipothenusall
lines
A
B.
and
B
C.
cannot
be
layd
down
exactly
in
a
right
line
betweene
the
other
grounds
which
bounder
on
this
hill
at
the
points
A.
and
C.
Wherefore
we
are
to
find
the
true
leuell
and
horizontall
distance
betweene
A.
and
C.
which
is
a
right
line
,
extending
ouerthwart
the
ground
whereon
the
hill
standeth
.
Which
to
performe
,
worke
thus
.
Plant
your
Instrument
at
A.
the
foot
of
the
hill
precisely
horizontall
,
by
help
of
your
plummet
(
wherin
great
care
must
be
had
)
then
cause
a
marke
to
be
placed
on
the
top
of
the
hil
at
B.
to
be
of
equal
height
from
the
ground
,
with
the
Centre
of
your
Quadrant
,
whereunto
direct
your
sight
,
mouing
the
Quadrant
vp
and
downe
,
till
you
perfectly
decerne
the
same
,
where
letting
it
stand
,
measure
the
Hipothenusall
line
A
B.
which
suppose
to
bee
6/30·
then
seeke
30.
on
the
Index
of
your
quadrant
,
and
note
what
line
issuing
from
the
left
side
C
D.
of
the
Quadrant
is
cut
by
the
same
diuision
or
number
of
30.
on
the
edge
of
the
Index
,
which
you
shall
finde
to
be
18.
and
that
number
is
to
be
obserued
,
and
kept
for
the
horizontall
line
A
D.
to
be
protracted
and
layde
downe
in
stead
of
the
hipothenusall
A
B.
And
if
the
same
hill
from
B.
continue
not
plaine
and
horizontall
,
but
descendeth
againe
on
the
other
side
,
as
this
from
B
to
C.
then
must
that
hipothenusall
line
B
C.
bee
likewise
taken
,
by
planting
your
Instrument
at
B.
and
causing
a
marke
to
be
placed
at
C.
as
before
,
and
then
direct
your
sight
to
the
marke
,
and
measure
the
hipothenusall
line
B
C.
which
suppose
to
be
40
0
·
then
note
as
before
what
line
cutteth
40
on
the
Index
,
as
32.
and
take
that
for
your
horizontall
line
C
D.
which
added
to
the
former
18.
maketh
50
0
·
for
the
whole
line
A
C.
which
is
to
be
protracted
and
layde
downe
for
the
two
lines
A
B.
and
B
C.
And
if
at
any
time
it
hapneth
(
as
often
it
may
)
that
the
measured
distance
of
the
hipothenusall
line
exceedeth
the
greatest
number
on
the
Index
:
In
such
case
take
halfe
,
or
a
third
part
of
the
measured
distance
,
and
finding
that
number
on
the
Index
,
note
what
line
from
the
left
side
of
the
quadrant
intersecteth
therewith
on
the
edge
of
the
Index
,
and
the
double
or
triple
of
the
number
of
that
line
,
is
your
horizontall
line
sought
for
.
CHAP.
XLII
.
To
reduce
hipothenusall
to
horizontall
lines
by
the
Circumferentor
,
or
by
the
Plaine
Table
,
with
vse
of
those
meanes
expressed
in
the
description
thereof
.
PLant
your
Instrument
as
before
,
at
the
foote
of
the
hill
,
and
let
a
marke
be
placed
in
the
toppe
thereof
,
in
manner
as
is
directed
in
the
last
,
then
directing
your
sight
to
that
marke
,
moue
the
vane
vp
and
downe
on
the
longer
sight
,
till
through
the
small
hole
thereof
,
and
by
the
pinnes
head
in
the
shorter
sight
,
you
espie
the
marke
,
then
note
among
the
hipothenusall
diuisions
,
what
is
then
cut
by
the
edge
of
the
Vane
,
which
suppose
to
be
7.
signifying
(
as
is
expressed
in
the
description
,
Chap.
3
)
107.
Then
measuring
the
hipothenusall
line
,
which
suppose
to
be
40.
by
the
rule
of
proportion
,
reason
thus
.
If
107.
the
hipothenusall
in
the
Instrument
,
yeeld
100.
the
side
of
the
square
thereby
proiected
,
what
40.
the
hipothenusall
measured
and
by
increasing
100.
by
40.
and
parting
the
Product
by
107.
your
answere
will
be
37.
and
very
neere
⅖·
the
length
of
your
horizontall
line
sought
for
.
And
the
same
course
in
all
respects
which
you
haue
here
helde
in
this
Angle
of
ascention
,
the
like
is
to
bee
obserued
in
all
works
whatsoeuer
for
Angles
of
descention
.
Or
otherwise
it
may
be
performed
thus
.
BY
any
Instrument
take
the
quantitie
of
the
Angle
,
eyther
ascending
or
discending
as
before
taught
,
and
then
by
the
11.
or
12.
Chapter
protract
the
same
Angle
,
and
on
the
one
side
,
from
the
point
thereof
,
lay
downe
the
measured
length
of
your
hipothenusall
line
,
and
from
the
point
where
those
measures
end
,
by
PROB.
5.2
.
let
fall
a
perpendicular
on
the
other
side
of
the
Angle
;
and
the
Segment
of
that
other
side
,
betweene
the
intersection
of
the
perpendicular
,
and
the
point
of
the
Angle
shall
bee
your
horizontall
line
required
.
And
thus
hauing
shewed
the
meanes
for
the
reducing
of
these
lines
;
let
vs
now
consider
of
the
application
and
vse
thereof
;
which
for
our
present
purpose
is
to
finde
and
expresse
the
true
content
of
irregular
and
vneuen
grounds
,
and
withall
notwithstanding
their
irregularitie
,
in
protraction
to
plot
and
lay
them
downe
in
such
sort
,
as
neyther
in
themselues
they
exceede
the
bounds
of
their
owne
Perimeter
(
but
may
truly
inclose
though
expressed
in
Plano
)
nor
displace
or
thrust
out
of
order
the
grounds
adiacent
.
And
seeing
it
is
impossible
,
and
against
the
rules
of
art
and
nature
,
precisely
to
expresse
and
limit
a
solid
,
or
bodie
within
the
bounds
or
termes
of
one
visuall
superficies
,
which
is
comprised
and
composed
of
many
:
It
is
therefore
not
to
be
expected
,
wee
should
truely
expresse
the
irregular
capacitie
of
mountainous
and
vneuen
grounds
in
a
plaine
sheete
of
paper
:
for
if
the
plot
bee
exact
and
answerable
to
the
rest
;
the
superficiall
content
must
needes
be
wanting
,
or
if
the
true
content
of
lines
and
angles
bee
expressed
,
the
plot
of
necessitie
must
bee
erronious
:
yet
notwithstanding
we
are
now
to
resolue
of
some
direct
and
immediate
course
,
aswell
for
the
obtaining
of
the
true
superficiall
content
,
as
for
the
orderly
expressing
and
laying
downe
of
such
disordered
Figures
,
which
shall
be
amply
and
plainely
taught
and
deliuered
in
the
next
following
Chapter
.
CHAP.
XLIII
.
The
best
and
exactest
means
for
the
dimension
&
protraction
of
mountainous
and
vneuen
grounds
,
and
the
obtaining
of
their
true
Contents
by
the
Plaine
Table
.
diagram
But
yet
are
we
further
to
consider
,
that
notwithstanding
we
haue
obserued
the
difference
betweene
the
Hypothenusall
&
horizontall
lines
happening
in
the
Perimeter
of
this
figure
,
wherby
we
are
able
to
place
the
same
in
his
due
scituation
,
yet
are
there
within
the
compasse
of
this
Perimeter
many
hils
&
dales
wherof
we
haue
hitherto
taken
no
notice
,
sauing
only
in
compassing
them
about
:
And
if
we
should
,
with
these
lines
alreadie
had
,
cast
vp
the
superficial
content
after
the
vsual
maner
,
we
should
come
far
short
of
the
true
quantitie
thereof
;
which
to
redresse
,
worke
thus
.
Before
you
take
your
work
from
the
table
,
reduce
the
same
into
the
largest
Trapezium
you
may
,
by
drawing
the
lines
A
M.
M
H.
H
K.
&
K
A.
as
in
the
former
Diagram
,
then
crosse
the
Trapezium
with
the
diagonall
line
A
H.
and
theron
let
fall
the
Perpendiculars
M
N.
and
K
L.
then
by
direction
of
your
Instrument
or
otherwise
let
those
lines
be
exactly
measured
with
the
chaine
ouer
Hils
&
Dales
in
a
right
extention
▪
which
by
reason
of
the
vneuennesse
of
the
ground
you
shal
find
to
containe
much
more
in
length
then
your
lines
alreadie
laide
downe
;
as
the
line
A
▪
H.
in
the
plot
containing
but
51
0
·
4
1
·
by
measure
is
found
to
bee
60
0
·
2
1
·
also
M
N
in
the
plot
but
22
0
·
3
1
·
by
measure
24
0
·
4
1
·
and
L
K
in
the
plot
but
24
0
·8
1
·
by
measure
28
0
·2
1
·
which
seuerall
lengths
so
found
by
measure
expresse
in
figures
seuerally
on
the
lines
in
the
plot
whereunto
they
properly
belong
;
and
by
those
lengths
so
expressed
cast
vp
(
after
the
vsuall
manner
)
the
superficiall
content
of
the
Trapezium
,
whose
true
quantitie
you
shall
finde
to
be
9.
Acres
,
3.
Roodes
and
23.
Perches
.
But
let
the
same
be
cast
vp
according
to
those
lines
protracted
it
will
containe
thereby
but
7.
Acres
,
2.
Roodes
,
and
10.
Perches
.
Whereby
is
manifest
the
vsuall
errors
committed
by
omission
of
these
meanes
.
Then
cast
vp
the
seuerall
contents
of
those
small
triangles
about
the
Perimeter
,
adding
those
left
out
,
and
abating
those
taken
in
by
the
Trapezium
,
and
your
worke
is
finished
.
Yet
were
it
necessary
to
distinguish
these
from
the
rest
in
your
plot
,
shaddowing
them
off
with
Hils
,
&c.
and
likewise
to
expresse
therein
the
true
content
,
with
some
note
of
instruction
concerning
the
same
,
for
that
otherwise
a
stranger
not
herewith
acquainted
,
applying
your
Scale
to
the
plot
,
may
causelessely
taxe
you
of
errors
committed
.
And
here
note
that
notwithstanding
I
haue
directed
this
worke
to
be
wrought
with
the
plaine
Table
;
(
by
reason
that
these
former
courses
and
obseruations
are
more
vsually
omitted
in
the
vse
of
that
Instrument
then
any
other
)
yet
I
doubt
not
but
hee
who
can
performe
the
same
by
that
,
(
with
due
obseruation
of
what
hath
beene
formerly
deliuered
)
will
be
able
to
effect
the
same
by
any
other
Instrument
.
For
your
obseruations
being
had
and
taken
in
the
field
,
and
then
laide
downe
accordingly
;
you
shal
thereby
afterwards
measure
your
Diagonall
and
perpendicular
lines
in
the
field
;
as
before
is
directed
.
CHAP.
XLIIII
.
To
diuide
a
Common
of
pasture
,
or
a
common
field
into
any
parts
required
.
SVppose
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
bee
a
stinted
pasture
,
or
a
common
field
in
the
vse
and
occupation
of
three
men
,
as
A.
B
and
C.
and
let
it
be
required
to
diuide
the
same
betweene
them
proportionally
,
either
according
to
their
seuerall
stints
(
beeing
a
stinted
pasture
)
or
according
to
their
seuerall
quantities
,
being
an
arrable
field
in
common
:
First
measure
and
plot
the
whole
quantitie
,
and
as
is
taught
in
the
second
part
of
the
second
Booke
,
finde
the
superficiall
content
thereof
which
suppose
to
bee
4268.
Perches
,
or
by
reduction
26.
acres
2.
roodes
28.
perches
,
then
seeke
the
content
of
the
high
wayes
A
E
and
H
E
passing
through
the
same
,
which
let
be
341.
perches
to
be
deducted
out
of
the
whole
quantitie
:
and
there
resteth
3927.
Perches
,
which
to
diuide
according
to
their
seuerall
portions
,
reason
thus
with
the
rule
of
proportion
.
If
all
the
whole
number
of
beast-gates
of
A.
B
and
C.
together
yeeld
the
whole
quantitie
3927.
what
the
number
of
those
belonging
to
A.
and
the
answere
will
be
his
part
:
&
working
thus
seuerally
for
their
three
seuerall
parts
suppose
them
thus
,
to
A.
924.
Perches
,
to
B.
1798.
and
to
C.
1205.
Then
as
diagram
is
taught
by
the
ten
last
Problemes
of
the
second
Booke
,
diuide
your
plot
accordingly
,
by
the
lines
I
M.
and
K
L.
laying
euery
mans
part
in
such
place
as
they
shall
mutually
agree
:
which
beeing
performed
on
your
plot
,
you
are
then
to
effect
the
like
on
the
ground
,
wherein
you
are
onely
to
lay
out
the
lines
I
M.
and
K
L.
in
their
due
places
,
which
is
thus
to
be
performed
.
Finde
out
by
your
Scale
the
distance
on
the
plot
betweene
the
next
angle
,
and
the
beginning
of
your
first
line
as
G
M
3
0
·6
1
·
then
find
also
the
angle
G.
in
the
field
,
and
with
your
chaine
measure
out
that
length
from
G.
on
the
line
G
F.
to
end
in
M.
where
place
your
instrument
,
and
finding
by
your
Protractor
on
what
degree
the
line
M
I.
passeth
on
the
plot
,
on
the
same
degree
of
your
Instrument
place
the
Index
:
and
looking
through
your
sights
,
cause
dooles
and
markes
to
be
made
and
placed
in
a
rig●t
line
from
M.
to
I.
and
for
the
more
exactnesse
,
and
your
better
satisfactio
,
note
in
your
plot
also
what
angle
is
next
vnto
the
ende
I.
of
the
line
M
I.
as
A.
from
whence
take
your
distance
by
the
Scale
on
your
plot
to
I
18
0
·
8
1
·
and
finding
the
Angle
A.
in
the
field
,
from
thence
measure
by
your
chaine
that
length
18
0
·
8
1
·
on
the
line
A
B.
which
if
you
finde
to
ende
in
I.
is
an
infailable
assurance
you
haue
truely
wrought
;
if
not
,
reforme
it
by
reducing
the
ende
I.
of
your
line
M
I.
to
that
place
.
And
by
the
like
meanes
,
you
are
to
lay
out
the
line
K
L.
and
more
,
if
more
required
.
And
after
this
sort
shall
you
lay
out
and
diuide
any
common
or
waste
whatsoeuer
;
into
what
parts
soeuer
the
same
is
required
,
to
be
deuided
,
and
layde
out
.
CHAP.
XLV
.
To
know
the
houre
of
the
day
by
the
Peractor
or
Circumferentor
with
the
Sunne
.
PLace
the
Index
of
your
Peractor
on
the
Meridian
line
of
the
Planisphere
,
and
direct
the
North
part
of
the
Instrument
towards
the
Sunne
,
turning
it
about
on
the
Staffe
til
the
shaddow
of
the
thrid
,
or
shining
of
the
Sunne
fall
directly
through
the
sight
,
on
the
fiduciall
edge
of
the
Index
or
Meridian
line
:
then
obserue
in
the
Carde
the
next
concentrick
circle
aboue
the
present
moneth
,
and
note
what
houre-line
(
which
are
those
sphericall
lines
issuing
from
the
centre
)
intersecteth
that
concentrick
circle
,
vnder
the
North
ende
of
the
needle
;
which
point
of
intersection
,
lying
directly
vnder
that
end
of
the
needle
,
sheweth
directly
the
houre
of
the
day
,
expressed
at
the
vpper
ende
of
that
houre-line
,
or
being
short
or
ouer
,
it
sheweth
how
much
the
time
of
the
day
is
short
or
ouer
that
houre
.
And
the
like
is
performed
by
the
Circumferentor
with
turning
the
North
ende
of
the
Instrument
towards
the
Sunne
,
till
through
the
sight
,
the
Sunne
shineth
on
the
Meridian
line
;
and
making
your
obseruations
as
before
.
CHAP.
XLVI
.
The
ordering
of
a
plot
after
the
protraction
thereof
.
THe
order
and
course
of
protraction
and
laying
downe
of
plots
according
to
the
diuersitie
of
obseruations
taken
,
is
alreadie
in
this
Booke
sufficiently
declared
;
and
likewise
the
meanes
of
obtaining
the
true
superficiall
content
of
all
sorts
of
Figures
by
the
Second
part
of
the
Second
booke
;
(
the
conclusion
of
which
part
,
I
would
aduise
you
to
make
vse
of
for
your
further
ease
therein
.
)
Now
it
resteth
(
the
plot
being
thus
protracted
and
cast
vp
)
next
to
consider
whether
it
were
fitting
,
to
draw
it
fayre
of
the
same
Scale
and
scantling
wherein
it
is
,
or
first
to
haue
it
reduced
into
a
lesser
forme
.
If
the
businesse
be
not
so
large
,
but
that
with
conueniencie
it
may
bee
drawne
in
the
first
Scale
wherewith
it
was
plotted
and
cast
vp
,
then
prouide
you
a
piece
of
ordinarie
new
linnen
cloth
of
a
reasonable
finenesse
,
and
thereon
paste
you
cleane
paper
,
according
to
the
order
of
Maps
(
but
those
for
the
most
part
are
too
course
)
of
the
largenesse
of
your
plot
;
which
beeing
well
washed
with
Allome
water
,
and
dryed
,
fasten
your
rough
plot
,
slenderly
thereon
with
mouth
glue
at
each
corner
thereof
;
and
with
a
bodkin
or
pin
of
brasse
(
which
I
hold
the
best
for
these
purposes
)
trace
out
all
your
lines
with
a
reasonable
hand
;
for
a
light
hand
with
discretion
wil
make
sufficient
impression
on
your
new
plot
,
whereby
you
may
well
discerne
to
draw
your
lines
either
with
Pen
or
pensill
as
you
please
;
and
then
expresse
your
houses
,
buildings
,
woods
,
riuers
,
waters
,
wayes
,
and
all
other
remarkeable
things
in
their
due
proportion
perspectiuely
;
not
placing
your
houses
and
trees
euery
way
,
whereby
here
the
tops
and
there
the
bottomes
shall
seeme
standing
vpwards
,
as
is
vsually
accustomed
;
and
then
garnish
your
plot
about
with
some
neate
border
,
and
within
with
Copartments
for
your
Scale
and
Title
;
and
in
some
conuenient
place
thereof
describe
a
Carde
,
shewing
the
scituation
according
to
the
points
of
the
Compasse
;
and
then
let
it
be
neately
coloured
about
the
seuerall
lines
,
lightly
washed
off
,
and
not
dawbed
all
ouer
,
as
some
painting
Surueyors
vse
.
But
aboue
the
rest
,
forbeare
much
writing
in
your
plots
either
of
names
or
quantities
(
beeing
absurd
and
grosse
)
but
onely
numbers
of
reference
to
your
ingrossed
booke
concerning
the
same
,
if
you
make
any
;
if
not
,
then
it
may
serue
,
as
Chalke
on
a
trencher
.
But
if
it
bee
required
to
haue
your
first
plot
reduced
into
a
lesser
or
greater
forme
;
vse
the
helpe
of
the
next
Chapter
.
CHAP.
XLVII
.
To
reduce
any
plot
from
a
greater
to
a
lesser
quantitie
,
and
the
contrarie
.
IN
the
third
part
of
my
Second
booke
I
haue
at
large
declared
the
manner
and
meanes
as
well
of
reducing
and
translating
of
all
superficiall
Figures
from
one
forme
into
another
,
retaining
the
same
quantitie
;
as
one
quantitie
into
another
,
retaining
the
same
forme
.
But
those
being
of
particular
figures
,
are
not
so
meet
or
necessarie
for
the
Reduction
or
translation
of
a
plot
consisting
of
many
(
being
often
in
vse
.
)
Wherefore
I
will
here
deliuer
you
a
very
speedie
and
exact
meanes
for
the
performance
thereof
.
According
to
the
proportion
whereunto
you
would
reduce
your
first
plot
,
lay
papers
together
with
mouth-glue
;
as
if
you
would
reduce
it
into
a
fourth
part
,
make
your
new
plot
to
be
in
quantitie
a
fourth
part
thereof
.
Then
place
your
new
made
plot
on
your
rough
plot
in
such
sort
,
and
with
such
discretion
,
as
the
middle
of
the
one
may
be
about
the
middle
of
the
other
,
whereby
all
the
worke
of
the
one
may
be
reduced
the
better
into
the
other
,
and
there
fasten
the
one
to
the
other
slenderly
at
the
corners
with
mouth-glue
,
in
such
sort
,
as
when
occasion
serueth
,
any
one
of
those
glued
places
may
be
easily
taken
asunder
,
and
the
paper
folded
in
;
then
take
your
reducing
ruler
mentioned
in
Chap.
9.
and
fasten
the
same
with
a
needle
or
blue
pin
striken
into
the
table
about
the
middle
of
the
plots
through
the
centre
hole
of
the
same
rule
,
in
such
maner
as
both
the
plots
together
may
bee
turned
about
at
pleasure
vpon
the
table
;
wherein
you
must
take
great
care
of
renting
or
tearing
out
your
centre
point
in
the
plots
;
which
to
preuent
,
would
require
to
bee
strengthened
with
a
small
piece
of
a
Carde
or
past-boord
,
to
bee
glued
thereon
,
vnderneath
the
first
plot
.
And
being
thus
prepared
,
you
shall
finde
good
part
of
the
worke
in
your
first
plot
,
to
lye
without
the
vtter
edges
of
your
cleane
paper
,
which
let
be
first
reduced
;
wherein
(
hauing
resolued
into
what
proportion
you
will
make
your
Reduction
,
as
into
¼·
of
the
first
)
worke
thus
;
bring
the
edge
of
your
Ruler
to
any
Angle
in
your
first
plot
,
and
note
what
number
of
diuision
on
the
edge
of
your
Ruler
is
there
cut
,
which
admit
40.
then
take
halfe
therof
which
is
20.
and
against
that
diuision
by
the
edge
of
your
Ruler
make
a
pricke
on
your
cleane
paper
,
then
remoue
your
Ruler
to
the
next
Angle
in
your
first
plot
,
and
note
the
diuision
there
cut
,
whereof
take
likewise
the
halfe
,
and
against
that
halfe
by
the
edge
of
the
Ruler
make
another
prick
;
and
betweene
these
two
prickes
draw
a
line
,
which
shall
represent
the
line
betweene
those
two
Angles
of
your
first
plot
;
and
so
proceede
from
Angle
to
Angle
,
and
from
Close
to
Close
,
till
you
haue
reduced
all
the
worke
on
your
olde
plot
,
lying
without
the
edges
of
the
new
,
or
so
much
as
lies
without
the
same
towards
any
one
side
or
corner
thereof
;
and
then
vngluing
one
of
your
corners
or
sides
,
fold
in
backwards
towards
your
olde
plot
,
that
part
of
your
new
plot
as
is
wrought
;
so
shall
you
come
to
worke
that
which
formerly
lay
vnder
the
same
;
and
thus
by
folding
in
,
and
working
one
side
after
another
to
the
centre
;
whilst
the
other
sides
are
fastned
together
with
the
olde
plot
,
you
shall
speedily
reduce
the
whole
plot
into
your
desired
proportion
:
For
in
taking
the
halfe
of
euery
line
in
your
first
plot
your
new
by
THEOR.
49.1
.
shall
be
¼
of
the
olde
.
And
this
kinde
of
Reduction
hold
I
the
speediest
and
exactest
of
all
other
:
Which
by
small
practice
,
you
shall
much
better
finde
and
vnderstand
,
then
with
many
words
of
Relation
.
And
after
this
manner
may
you
make
your
Reduction
,
into
any
other
proportion
,
or
reduce
your
plot
from
a
lesser
to
a
greater
forme
in
any
proportion
required
;
by
increasing
your
second
number
,
proportionally
,
as
in
this
worke
you
decreased
the
same
.
CHAP.
XLVIII
.
To
reduce
any
number
of
Perches
giuen
into
Acres
,
and
the
contrarie
.
SVppose
5496.
Perches
were
giuen
to
bee
reduced
into
Acres
.
First
after
the
vsuall
manner
(
considering
that
a
Statute
Acre
containeth
160.
square
Perches
)
diuide
the
giuen
number
by
160.
the
quotus
will
be
34.
and
the
remainder
56.
which
remainder
diuided
by
40.
(
the
number
of
Perches
in
a
Roode
)
quoteth
1.
and
the
remainder
16.
So
is
the
whole
Reduction
34.
Acres
,
1.
Roode
,
16.
Perches
.
Or
more
briefely
thus
.
diagram
And
if
you
would
reduce
these
Acres
,
Roodes
,
and
Perches
,
into
their
least
Denomination
,
as
into
Perches
.
First
multiply
your
number
of
Acres
34.
by
160.
the
product
is
5440.
then
multiply
the
number
of
Roodes
1.
by
40.
produceth
40.
which
together
with
the
number
of
Perches
16.
added
to
5440.
makes
5496.
the
first
number
.
And
the
like
of
all
others
.
Here
might
I
now
much
inlarge
this
worke
by
shewing
many
other
necessarie
conclusions
fit
for
a
Surueyor
to
know
,
as
the
mensuration
of
Timber
,
Boorde
,
Glasse
,
Pauements
,
and
the
like
;
also
the
seuerall
waies
and
meanes
of
plotting
of
countries
and
large
continents
;
of
carrying
of
mynes
and
trenches
vnder
ground
;
of
Water-workes
,
and
the
conueying
of
the
water
from
any
Fountaine
to
appointed
places
of
whatsoeuer
possible
distance
;
of
the
taking
and
making
of
the
formes
and
models
of
Plot-formes
,
Forts
,
Castles
,
Houses
,
and
the
like
.
But
seeing
that
not
onely
these
,
but
infinite
other
Conclusions
Geometricall
,
may
be
easily
performed
and
wrought
by
the
former
rules
and
instructions
well
vnderstood
and
practised
;
and
for
that
they
are
without
the
scope
and
limits
of
Suruey
,
whereunto
I
chiefly
bend
the
subiect
of
this
Booke
;
I
will
leaue
them
to
your
owne
indeuours
,
and
diligent
practice
.
And
hauing
thus
performed
at
large
the
Mathematicall
part
of
Suruey
in
generall
;
we
will
next
consider
of
the
Legall
;
and
in
the
meane
space
here
conclude
this
Third
Booke
.
The
end
of
the
third
Booke
.
THE
LEGALL
PART
OF
SVRVEY
.
The
fourth
Booke
.
THE
ARGVMENT
THEREOF
.
I
Would
not
bee
mistaken
,
or
haue
it
vnderstood
;
that
J
here
vndertake
(
as
a
Lawyer
)
to
instruct
or
teach
the
rules
or
Jnstitutions
of
the
Law
(
being
out
of
mine
element
)
but
as
a
Surueyor
,
briefely
and
truely
to
expresse
and
deliuer
herein
what
J
hold
fit
and
meete
for
a
Surueyor
to
know
and
vnderstand
.
As
first
what
a
Mannor
is
,
and
the
seuerall
parts
and
members
thereof
,
with
the
appendants
therevnto
:
Next
,
the
perquisites
,
casualties
and
profits
of
Court
,
and
their
seuerall
natures
:
Then
the
diuersitie
of
estates
,
whereby
any
Lands
or
Tenements
may
bee
holden
,
occupied
or
enioyed
;
and
the
seuerall
tenures
depending
on
those
estates
;
with
the
Rents
and
seruices
incident
and
belonging
to
those
tenures
:
Also
what
reprises
,
paiments
,
and
deductions
may
bee
issuing
out
of
a
Mannor
,
and
the
considerations
thereof
to
bee
had
:
Likewise
what
courses
are
to
bee
obserued
and
taken
,
before
the
beginning
of
a
Suruey
:
The
order
and
manner
of
keeping
those
Courts
:
The
entrie
of
the
Tenants
euidence
and
estates
;
and
the
orderly
manner
of
ingrossing
the
same
:
with
other
briefe
and
necessarie
Rules
,
and
Obseruations
tending
to
those
purposes
.
CHAP.
I.
Of
a
Mannor
with
his
seuerall
parts
,
and
of
the
name
and
nature
therof
:
how
made
and
maintained
,
and
how
discontinued
and
destroyed
.
AS
in
my
workes
concerning
the
Mathematicall
part
of
Suruey
,
comprised
in
the
three
former
Bookes
,
I
premise
the
definitions
,
principles
and
grounds
thereof
:
so
in
this
Legal
part
I
hold
it
answerable
to
order
,
and
a
good
decorum
,
(
before
we
abruptly
enter
on
the
Suruey
of
a
Mannor
)
first
to
consider
what
a
Mannor
is
,
and
the
seueral
parts
thereof
(
lest
being
questioned
of
our
present
imployment
,
wee
discouer
our
owne
weakenesse
in
vndertaking
we
know
not
what
)
and
then
to
informe
our selues
of
the
seuerall
natures
,
qualities
and
conditions
,
of
the
estates
,
tenures
,
and
seruices
of
land
;
and
of
the
seuerall
profits
,
rents
,
and
commodities
therevnto
incident
and
appertaining
;
with
such
other
meete
and
necessarie
obseruations
,
as
are
most
fitting
for
a
Suruey
or
to
know
and
vnderstand
,
before
he
assume
and
take
vpon
him
the
name
,
or
at
least
the
office
or
function
to
a
Surueyor
belonging
.
Of
all
which
in
order
;
and
first
of
a
Mannor
what
it
is
,
and
of
the
parts
thereunto
belonging
.
Mannor
whence
deriued
.
Concerning
the
Deriuation
or
Etymologie
of
the
word
,
I
will
not
stand
,
whether
it
be
of
Maneo
manere
to
remaine
in
a
settled
place
;
or
of
Mano
manare
to
proceede
or
spread
abroad
out
of
the
bountie
of
those
Princes
liberalitie
who
in
the
beginning
bestowed
them
;
or
of
Manuarius
gotten
by
labor
of
the
hand
;
which
I
hold
the
best
;
because
there
is
more
skil
in
getting
then
keeping
;
and
with
Manerium
I
will
not
meddle
,
seeing
(
as
I
take
it
)
Mannors
were
created
before
the
word
was
made
:
But
from
whencesoeuer
deriued
,
A
Mannor
is
now
that
which
hath
therunto
belonging
,
What
a
Mannor
is
.
Parts
of
a
Mannor
.
messuages
,
Lands
,
Tenements
,
Rents
,
Seruices
&
Hereditaments
;
wherof
part
are
Demeanes
,
being
those
which
anciently
and
time
out
of
minde
,
the
Lord
himselfe
euer
vsed
,
occupied
and
manured
with
the
Mannor
house
;
the
residue
are
Free-holds
,
Farmes
,
and
customarie
or
coppihold
tenements
;
and
these
haue
commonly
diuers
seruices
besides
their
rents
properly
belonging
thereunto
,
whereof
I
will
hereafter
speake
.
Parts
of
a
Mannor
.
There
is
moreouer
belonging
to
a
Mannor
a
Court
Baron
,
and
to
diuers
a
Court
Leere
;
which
is
of
more
worth
and
efficacie
,
and
is
alwaies
granted
from
the
King
,
or
held
by
prescription
.
To
these
Courts
,
and
consequently
to
the
Mannor
is
there
vsually
belonging
;
Fines
,
issues
,
amerciaments
,
heriots
,
waiues
,
straies
,
excheates
,
reliefes
and
other
perquisites
and
profits
of
Court
;
whereof
likewise
I
will
further
speake
.
Appendants
to
a
Mannor
.
Besides
,
those
there
are
often
appendant
and
belonging
to
a
Mannor
(
which
are
not
of
necessitie
to
be
taken
as
the
proper
parts
thereof
)
Wards
,
Marriages
,
aduowsons
,
patronages
,
free-gifts
or
presentations
of
parsonages
,
Vicarages
,
Chappels
,
Prebends
,
&c.
also
Commons
of
Pasture
,
Moores
,
Marishes
,
free
Warrens
,
Customes
,
Liberties
,
Franchises
,
and
Priuiledges
;
likewise
yeerely
Rents
,
suites
of
Court
,
tenths
and
seruices
issuing
and
reprised
out
of
other
Mannors
.
And
of
these
,
a
Mannor
is
neither
made
by
them
;
nor
destroyed
or
marred
for
want
of
them
;
wherefore
they
are
termed
rather
appendants
then
parts
of
a
Mannor
.
No
present
meanes
to
make
a
Mannor
.
Neither
doe
those
parts
formerly
named
,
properly
of
themselues
make
a
Mannor
:
For
should
any
man
at
this
day
alott
and
appoint
out
any
competent
quantitie
of
Land
,
and
diuide
the
same
into
demeanes
and
tenement
Lands
;
in
feoffing
Tenants
in
Fee
of
some
part
,
and
granting
others
by
copie
of
Court-Roll
,
and
perfecting
the
rest
which
before
is
said
to
belong
vnto
a
Mannor
;
yet
all
this
will
not
make
a
Mannor
;
for
that
it
is
the
office
of
time
by
long
continuance
to
make
and
create
the
same
.
Continuance
of
time
may
perfect
a
Mannor
.
How
a
mannor
may
be
destroyea
and
dismembred
But
a
Mannor
at
this
day
may
bee
dismembred
,
and
vtterly
destroyed
both
in
name
and
nature
,
by
escheating
the
Free-holds
,
and
Copie-holds
;
for
if
of
Free-holds
or
Copie-holds
there
are
not
two
at
the
least
,
then
are
there
no
Sutors
,
and
if
no
Sutors
,
no
Court
,
and
consequently
no
Mannor
,
and
then
may
it
bee
termed
a
Seigniorie
,
which
can
keepe
no
Court
Baron
at
all
.
How
one
Mannor
may
be
diuided
,
and
made
diuers
Mannors
.
Also
it
is
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
one
Mannor
may
bee
diuided
into
diuers
Mannors
;
whereof
wee
haue
diuers
examples
at
this
day
;
as
where
a
Mannor
descendeth
to
co-heires
,
and
they
make
diuision
and
partition
thereof
;
allotting
to
euery
of
them
demeanes
and
seruices
;
whereby
euery
of
them
hath
a
seuerall
Mannor
,
and
may
keepe
seuerall
Courts
Baron
thereon
,
as
if
anciently
entire
.
How
diuers
Mannors
may
be
reduced
into
one
Mannor
.
And
in
like
manner
two
distinct
and
seuerall
Mannors
may
bee
conioyned
and
made
one
entire
Mannor
,
if
formerly
the
one
held
of
the
other
;
and
that
Mannor
so
holding
of
the
other
doe
escheate
;
but
otherwise
not
.
And
thus
much
concerning
the
name
,
nature
,
and
parts
of
a
Mannor
.
CHAP.
II.
Of
Perquisites
Casualties
and
profits
of
Court
,
and
their
seuerall
natures
.
IN
the
former
Chapter
I
declare
,
that
(
among
other
things
)
there
is
belonging
to
a
Mannor
a
Court
Baron
at
the
least
,
and
to
some
a
Leete
or
Law-day
,
commonly
called
the
view
of
Franke
pledge
:
Now
herein
will
I
shew
what
perquisites
,
casualties
,
and
profits
are
incident
and
belonging
to
those
Courts
;
wherein
I
would
haue
it
vnderstood
,
that
it
is
not
of
necessitie
,
that
all
these
hereafter
mentioned
,
must
be
in
euery
Mannor
,
but
that
they
may
be
in
any
.
And
first
of
Fines
.
Fines
of
Land
.
Fines
of
post
mortem
.
FInes
of
lands
are
of
diuers
kindes
;
As
first
,
if
a
man
holding
to
him
and
his
heyres
,
or
otherwise
certaine
Lands
and
Tenements
,
by
Copie
of
Court
Roll
,
according
to
the
custome
of
the
Mannor
dye
,
his
heyre
vpon
his
admittance
by
the
Lord
,
shall
pay
a
Fine
for
such
his
admittance
:
And
these
Fines
are
of
two
sorts
,
either
certaine
,
or
arbitrable
;
if
certaine
,
as
one
or
two
yeeres
rent
,
or
the
like
;
there
is
then
no
other
question
to
bee
made
,
but
the
Lord
by
his
Steward
is
to
admit
him
,
and
hee
to
pay
such
certaine
Fine
accordingly
;
if
vncertaine
or
arbitrable
,
then
is
the
Tenant
to
vndergoe
what
Fine
the
Lord
shall
in
reason
impose
or
require
;
and
these
are
called
Fines
of
post
mortem
.
Fines
of
alienation
.
Also
a
Tenant
by
Copie
of
Court
Roll
,
hath
not
power
to
Alien
or
sell
his
estate
or
interest
vnto
any
other
man
,
without
he
surrender
the
same
into
the
Lords
hands
to
the
vse
of
him
vnto
whom
he
shall
so
sell
the
same
;
for
which
Alienation
the
Lord
is
also
to
receiue
a
Fine
,
which
in
some
Mannors
are
likewise
certaine
,
and
in
others
arbitrable
,
but
being
arbitrable
,
they
are
vsually
rated
at
a
lower
and
more
reasonable
value
then
those
after
death
,
and
these
are
commonly
called
Fines
of
Alienation
.
Likewise
if
a
customarie
Tenant
let
or
set
his
lands
vnto
another
for
any
terme
of
yeeres
,
not
warranted
by
the
custome
,
hee
is
first
to
obtaine
licence
of
his
Lord
in
this
behalfe
;
and
is
to
pay
a
Fine
in
respect
thereof
.
And
moreouer
if
the
Lord
of
a
Mannor
grant
a
Lease
of
any
lands
vnto
a
Tenant
for
any
number
of
yeeres
or
for
life
or
liues
;
and
besides
his
annuall
Rent
,
make
composition
for
a
Fine
to
be
in
hand
paide
;
this
is
also
a
Fine
of
Lands
.
Also
in
some
places
,
the
Custome
is
,
that
if
a
customarie
Tenant
alien
and
make
surrender
of
his
whole
estate
hee
shall
pay
and
yeeld
vnto
the
Lord
the
best
beast
hee
hath
,
Asarewell
paid
.
or
a
certaine
piece
of
money
,
in
name
of
a
Farewell
.
And
in
some
places
as
well
Free-holders
,
as
customary
Tenants
on
euery
alienation
shall
pay
a
certaine
summe
of
money
for
a
Fine
in
name
of
Offare
,
Offare
&
onfare
and
onsare
,
and
all
these
and
the
like
are
Fines
of
Land
.
Americiaments
.
A
Merciaments
are
also
perquisites
of
Court
,
whereof
there
are
diuers
sorts
;
which
in
generall
are
such
Fines
,
penalties
,
and
amerciaments
as
by
the
homage
or
afferers
of
the
Court
Leete
,
or
otherwise
are
imposed
on
such
Tenants
as
are
found
offenders
within
the
Mannor
;
As
if
the
Free
sutors
,
Copie-holders
,
or
other
Tenants
,
make
default
or
bee
absent
from
the
Lords
Court
,
they
are
therefore
amerced
.
Wherein
is
to
be
noted
,
that
many
Free-sutors
make
composition
,
Common
Finet
quid
.
and
are
at
their
Fine
certaine
in
respect
of
their
seruice
of
suite
of
Court
;
and
these
are
called
common
Fines
.
Heriots
.
AN
Heriot
is
properly
the
best
beast
which
any
heriotable
Tenantis
possessed
of
at
the
time
of
his
death
,
whether
it
be
Horse
,
Oxe
,
Cow
or
the
like
;
for
which
in
many
places
a
summe
of
money
is
paide
by
ancient
composition
,
and
in
some
places
for
default
of
liue
Cattell
(
or
the
best
beast
not
being
to
the
Lords
minde
)
it
is
in
his
choise
to
take
the
best
of
any
other
goods
,
implement
,
or
commoditie
the
Tenant
hath
at
the
time
of
his
decease
.
Of
these
Heriots
there
are
two
sorts
,
Seruice
and
Custome
:
Heriot
Seruice
.
Heriot
seruice
is
commonly
mentioned
and
expressed
in
the
Tenants
grant
:
and
therefore
the
Land
answerable
for
satisfaction
thereof
;
Heriot
Custome
.
and
Heriot
custome
is
that
which
time
out
of
minde
hath
beene
euer
paide
vpon
and
after
the
death
of
any
Tenant
dying
seised
of
any
such
heriotable
Lands
:
And
these
Heriots
of
either
kinde
,
are
by
the
homage
of
euery
Court
to
bee
presented
as
they
fall
due
;
and
seised
by
the
Lords
Bay
liffe
accordingly
.
And
it
is
to
bee
vnderstood
,
One
Tenant
may
be
chargeable
with
diuers
Heriots
.
that
if
a
Tenant
dieth
seised
of
diuers
tenements
or
lands
,
which
haue
beene
anciently
charged
with
diuers
Heriots
;
the
Lord
at
the
time
of
the
death
of
such
Tenant
shall
receiue
so
many
seuerall
Heriots
,
as
those
lands
at
any
time
then-tofore
were
anciently
charged
or
chargeable
to
yeeld
.
Heriotable
lands
diuided
,
are
seuerally
chargeable
.
And
moreouer
,
if
any
heriotable
Tenement
shal
be
seuered
&
diuided
into
diuers
parts
,
amongst
seuerall
Tenants
;
the
Lord
shal
haue
of
euery
such
Tenant
particularly
a
seuerall
Heriot
,
for
and
in
respect
of
those
seuerall
heriotable
parcels
;
which
the
Lord
may
seise
and
take
,
Lib.
Ass.
27.24
.
wheresoeuer
hee
shall
finde
the
best
for
his
best
aduantage
.
Reliefes
.
REliefes
are
like
wise
accompted
amongst
perquisites
of
Court
:
but
seeing
it
is
a
speciall
seruice
tyde
to
the
tenure
of
Lands
;
I
will
here
omit
to
speake
thereof
;
referring
you
for
your
satisfaction
therein
to
the
Title
of
Warde
,
Marriage
and
Reliefe
,
in
the
4.
Chap.
following
.
Escheates
.
Escbcates
what
they
are
.
THese
are
likewise
perquisites
of
Court
;
and
are
such
as
if
a
Free-holder
or
Copie-holder
of
inheritance
,
commit
any
manner
of
Felonie
,
and
be
thereof
attainted
;
his
Lands
are
escheated
and
forfeited
to
the
Lord
of
the
Mannor
of
whom
they
are
holden
;
but
the
Lord
shall
not
immediately
enter
thereinto
;
for
the
King
is
first
to
haue
annum
diem
&
vastum
;
after
which
time
expired
,
it
then
remaineth
to
the
Lord
and
his
heyres
for
euer
.
Also
if
any
such
Tenant
dye
without
heyre
generall
or
speciall
,
all
his
Lands
and
Tenements
shall
fall
vnto
the
Lord
by
escheate
,
to
remaine
vnto
him
and
to
his
heyres
for
euer
.
Forfeitures
.
Forseituret
of
diuers
k●ndes
.
FOrfeitures
are
of
diuers
kindes
;
As
if
a
Copie-holder
or
customarie
Tenant
deny
,
or
will
fully
refuse
the
paiment
,
doing
or
performance
of
his
Rents
,
Seruices
and
Customes
;
or
if
hee
fell
or
cut
Timber
on
his
Copie-hold
Lands
contrarie
to
the
custome
;
or
doe
or
commit
waste
in
the
houses
or
otherwise
;
or
if
he
grant
or
sell
his
Copie-hold
estate
by
deede
;
or
alien
or
let
the
same
without
licence
of
the
Lord
,
beyond
limitation
of
the
Custome
;
In
all
or
any
of
these
,
the
customarie
Tenant
shall
forfeite
his
Copie-hold
estate
into
the
Lords
hands
:
Which
offences
are
to
bee
found
and
presented
by
the
homage
at
the
next
Court
;
and
thereupon
seisure
made
accordingly
.
Also
Tenant
for
terme
of
yeeres
,
life
,
or
liues
,
may
forfeit
his
estate
for
making
a
larger
estate
of
Free-hold
then
he
hath
,
or
for
not
performance
of
such
prouisoes
and
conditions
,
as
are
expressed
in
his
Lease
or
Deede
,
if
any
be
.
Waiues
.
IF
any
man
feloniously
steale
or
take
any
goods
or
chattels
of
what
nature
or
kinde
so
euer
;
and
by
earnest
prosecution
he
is
inforced
in
flying
to
leaue
the
same
behinde
him
;
these
goods
are
called
Waiues
or
waiued
goods
;
and
in
what
place
soeuer
they
are
so
left
and
waiued
,
they
shall
be
taken
and
seised
for
the
vse
of
the
Lord
of
that
Mannor
,
if
by
his
grant
,
charter
or
prescription
,
they
belong
vnto
him
(
or
otherwise
they
are
the
Kings
)
and
being
so
seised
by
the
Bailiffe
or
other
Officer
,
they
are
to
bee
presented
and
found
at
the
next
Court
by
the
Homage
there
.
Fresh
suite
.
Waiued
goods
restored
.
But
if
the
right
owner
make
fresh
suite
after
the
thiefe
,
and
attaint
him
at
his
suite
for
stealing
thereof
,
hee
shall
haue
his
goods
againe
,
although
they
be
waiued
.
And
the
like
in
all
respects
is
if
any
goods
be
taken
by
an
officer
,
from
any
whom
hee
suspecteth
to
haue
stolne
the
same
,
though
there
be
no
pursuite
made
or
prosecuted
.
Estraies
.
EStraies
are
when
a
Horse
,
an
Oxe
Sheepe
,
or
any
other
Cattell
of
what
kinde
so
euer
come
into
a
Lordship
or
Mannor
,
no
man
knowing
from
whence
,
nor
the
owner
thereof
;
such
are
to
bee
seised
to
the
Kings
vse
,
or
to
the
vse
of
the
Lord
of
the
Mannor
who
hath
the
same
by
grant
or
prescription
;
and
if
the
owner
come
and
make
claime
within
a
yeere
and
a
day
,
then
hee
shall
haue
the
same
againe
,
paying
for
the
charge
thereof
;
or
else
after
such
time
expired
,
the
propertie
thereof
shall
be
to
the
King
;
or
the
Lord
of
the
Mannor
hauing
the
same
by
graunt
or
prescription
;
So
that
Proclamation
bee
thereof
made
in
the
next
markets
and
the
Parish
Church
,
according
to
the
Lawes
in
that
behalfe
.
Pleas
and
Proces
of
Court.
THese
are
where
the
Lord
of
a
Mannor
in
the
Court
Leete
,
or
Court
Baron
,
holdeth
plea
of
his
Tenants
for
actions
of
debt
,
of
trespasse
or
other
causes
,
not
exceeding
the
value
of
xlˢ.
debt
and
damage
.
And
vnder
this
title
of
perquisites
is
comprised
all
other
casualties
whatsoeuer
,
which
may
happen
to
grow
or
arise
within
any
Mannor
;
as
profits
arising
by
mines
of
Copper
,
Tynne
,
Leade
,
Cole
,
and
quarries
of
Stone
;
also
by
sale
of
Woods
,
Turbarie
,
and
Pannage
;
likewise
profits
of
Fayres
and
Markets
,
Fishing
,
Casualties
may
become
certaine
.
Fowling
and
the
like
.
All
or
any
of
which
may
become
certaine
;
by
beeing
letten
and
disposed
of
for
yeerely
rents
.
CHAP.
III.
Of
the
diuersitie
of
estates
,
and
their
seuerall
natures
.
HAuing
alreadie
shewed
in
the
two
former
Chapters
what
a
Mannoris
,
with
the
seuerall
parts
thereof
,
and
the
appendants
thereunto
:
I
hold
it
fitting
here
now
to
consider
of
Estates
;
as
how
and
by
what
meanes
a
man
may
bee
estated
either
in
a
Mannor
or
any
other
Lands
or
Tenements
:
wherein
it
is
to
bee
vnderstood
that
all
estates
in
generall
consist
of
two
principall
kindes
as
Free-holds
and
Chattels
:
which
more
particularly
are
sub
diuided
into
diuers
other
parts
or
branches
;
as
first
Feesimple
and
Feetaile
,
which
are
termed
Free-holds
of
inheritance
:
also
estates
After
possibilitie
of
issue
extinct
;
By
Curtesie
;
In
dower
;
and
for
terme
of
life
:
Which
foure
last
mentioned
,
are
called
Free-holds
,
but
not
of
Inheritance
:
Likewise
estates
by
Copie
of
Court
Roll
,
being
claimed
&
held
by
custome
,
and
are
diuided
into
the
like
parts
,
as
Free-holds
at
the
common
Law
:
and
lastly
estates
For
terme
of
yeeres
,
and
at
will
,
which
two
last
are
Chattels
.
Of
all
which
briefely
in
order
as
followeth
.
1.
Fee-simple
.
FEe
simple
of
all
other
estates
is
the
most
large
,
ample
,
and
absolute
that
wee
haue
in
this
Kingdome
,
Desined
.
or
that
can
by
our
Lawes
bee
inuested
or
made
;
and
is
that
which
is
granted
to
any
man
and
his
heyres
for
euer
,
without
any
further
or
other
limitation
of
vse
or
vses
;
and
therefore
if
such
Tenant
hath
issue
of
his
bodie
,
the
land
descendeth
to
him
,
if
not
,
to
the
next
of
kinne
within
the
degrees
of
limitation
hereafter
specified
.
But
if
a
man
purchase
in
Fee-simple
to
him
and
his
assignes
for
euer
,
omitting
this
word
heyres
;
here
hath
he
but
an
estate
for
terme
of
life
;
for
heires
is
the
word
which
carrieth
the
inheritance
.
Yet
it
is
otherwise
if
lands
be
so
deuised
by
Will
;
for
the
Law
intendeth
that
learned
counsell
cannot
alwaies
be
present
in
such
cases
;
and
therefore
is
such
deuise
construed
for
the
best
,
according
to
the
Testators
meaning
and
intention
,
and
not
to
the
strict
letter
of
the
Will.
Also
if
Lands
be
granted
to
any
man
with
a
woman
in
Franke-marriage
,
this
word
implyeth
an
estate
of
inheritance
without
mention
or
addition
of
the
word
Heyres
;
Or
to
a
man
and
to
his
bloud
the
like
.
And
here
is
to
bee
considered
,
who
are
those
which
are
said
to
bee
within
the
degrees
of
limitation
before
spoken
of
;
that
is
,
who
are
vnderstood
to
be
a
mans
heires
by
the
common
Law.
Suppose
A.
B.
dieth
seised
of
a
state
of
inheritance
without
issue
of
his
bodie
:
Neither
his
brother
,
or
sifter
of
the
halfe
bloud
,
The
halfe
bloud
.
Abastard
no
beire
.
Lineall
and
collater
all
descent
.
nor
their
issue
shall
be
his
heyre
;
nor
his
bastard
;
nor
his
father
,
mother
,
grandfather
,
or
grandmother
;
for
inheritance
may
lineally
or
collaterally
descend
,
but
by
no
meanes
lineally
ascend
by
our
Lawes
;
but
the
brother
or
sister
of
the
father
of
A.B.
(
which
is
called
a
collateral
descent
)
shal
be
his
heyre
;
and
then
they
dying
seised
without
issue
,
the
father
of
A.B.
shall
haue
the
land
as
heyre
to
his
vncle
or
aunt
,
but
not
as
heyre
vnto
him
.
Likewise
it
is
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
by
the
lawes
of
this
Realme
the
eldest
sonne
is
wholly
to
inherite
;
and
he
dying
without
issue
,
the
second
son
,
and
so
of
the
rest
;
Coparceners
.
and
if
no
sonnes
but
daughters
,
they
shall
ioyntly
inherite
as
coparceners
;
but
if
no
issue
neither
sonne
nor
daughter
,
then
shall
the
eldest
brother
be
heyre
,
for
want
of
such
all
the
sisters
;
and
in
default
of
them
,
the
vncle
by
the
fathers
side
,
if
the
Land
came
by
the
father
,
or
bee
of
the
purchase
of
him
so
deceased
:
But
if
there
be
no
heyre
of
the
fathers
side
,
the
purchased
lands
goe
to
those
of
the
mothers
side
;
But
if
none
such
,
then
all
those
lands
shall
Escheate
to
the
Lord
of
whom
they
are
holden
.
Escheate
.
2.
Fee
Tayle
.
Fee
taile
of
two
kindes
.
Generall
tayle
.
THis
estate
of
Fee-taile
is
diuided
into
two
kindes
or
sorts
Generall
and
speciall
.
The
first
,
being
Fee-tayle
generall
,
is
when
Lands
or
Tenements
are
granted
vnto
any
man
,
and
the
heyres
of
his
body
begotten
without
limitation
,
or
expresse
mention
made
by
what
woman
;
wherefore
if
such
Tenant
marrieth
diuers
wiues
,
and
hath
issue
by
them
seuerally
;
they
shall
all
be
capable
of
the
Inheritance
of
those
Lands
.
But
if
it
be
mentioned
and
expressed
in
the
graunt
by
what
woman
,
his
Heyres
shal
proceed
or
be
begotten
,
as
if
the
gift
be
made
to
A.
B
,
and
to
the
heyres
of
his
body
lawfully
begotten
on
Chis
wife
,
this
is
an
especial
In-taile
,
for
any
of
his
issue
begotten
by
another
woman
,
Speciall
taile
.
shall
not
inherite
by
force
or
meanes
of
this
graunt
or
tayle
.
And
the
like
in
all
respects
if
Lands
bee
granted
to
a
woman
in
the
like
kinde
.
Also
if
Lands
be
granted
vnto
AB
.
and
C.
his
wife
,
and
to
the
heyres
of
their
two
bodies
lawfully
begotten
;
here
are
the
man
and
his
wife
Ioynt-purchasers
,
and
this
is
also
a
speciall
tayle
both
in
him
and
her
.
Likewise
if
any
man
grant
Lands
or
Tenements
to
another
man
with
his
Daughter
in
Franke-marriage
,
this
is
also
a
speciall
tayle
;
Franke
mariage
.
and
both
the
man
and
woman
shall
be
here
Tenants
in
the
speciall
tayle
,
for
the
word
Franke-marriage
implyeth
as
much
.
Also
if
Lands
be
granted
to
a
man
and
the
heyres
Males
of
his
bodie
;
Descent
by
beires
males
.
this
is
an
estate
tayle
,
and
here
the
Female
shall
not
inherite
.
3.
After
possibilitie
of
issue
extinct
.
IF
Lands
or
Tenements
be
granted
to
a
man
and
to
his
wife
,
Free-bolds
.
and
to
the
Heyres
of
their
two
bodies
lawfully
begotten
,
and
either
of
them
dye
without
such
issue
betweene
them
;
then
is
he
or
she
suruiuing
Tenant
in
tayle
of
those
Lands
,
but
are
without
all
hope
and
past
possibilitie
of
hauing
such
Heyre
to
inherite
those
Lands
as
was
limitted
in
the
graunt
;
&
therefore
is
he
or
she
so
suruiuing
and
ouer-liuing
the
other
,
called
Tenant
in
tayle
after
possibilitie
of
issue
extinct
:
and
from
and
after
the
death
of
him
or
her
so
suruiuing
;
the
estate
taile
so
made
and
granted
vnto
them
,
shal
be
vtterly
voide
,
extinct
and
dead
,
as
if
the
same
were
neuer
granted
;
and
the
estate
of
inheritance
of
and
to
those
lands
,
shal
reuert
and
turne
vnto
the
first
Donor
thereof
and
his
heires
.
4.
By
courtesie
.
IF
a
man
marrie
a
wife
,
being
an
Inheritrix
,
and
hath
issue
by
her
,
and
she
die
;
by
our
lawes
he
shall
hold
,
occupie
,
and
enioy
such
lands
as
his
wife
died
seised
of
either
in
Fee-simple
,
or
Fee
taile
,
during
his
naturall
life
;
and
he
is
called
Tenant
by
courtesie
of
England
,
because
no
other
Nation
admitteth
the
like
estate
.
Wherin
the
Law
requireth
that
such
issue
be
vital
,
&
brought
forth
into
the
world
aliue
,
although
it
immediately
die
,
and
also
it
is
requisite
that
the
husband
bee
in
actuall
and
reall
possession
of
those
lands
,
and
seised
of
them
in
the
right
of
his
wife
,
at
the
time
of
her
death
,
or
otherwise
he
shall
not
be
admitted
Tenant
by
courtesie
thereunto
.
But
if
any
such
Tenant
by
courtesie
commit
or
suffer
any
stripe
or
waste
,
he
is
punishable
in
that
behalfe
,
by
action
of
waste
.
Also
it
is
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
no
man
can
bee
Tenant
by
courtesie
of
a
reuersion
:
for
if
a
woman
solye
seised
in
Fee
,
granteth
a
Lease
to
A.
B.
for
terme
of
his
life
,
and
afterwards
marry
and
hath
issue
,
and
then
dye
;
the
Tenant
or
Leasee
for
life
suruiuing
;
her
husband
in
this
case
shall
not
be
Tenant
by
courtesie
.
5.
In
Dower
.
BY
the
common
Law
of
this
Kingdome
,
if
a
man
marry
a
wife
,
and
at
any
time
during
the
time
of
couerture
he
be
directly
and
lawfully
seised
,
either
by
purchase
or
descent
of
any
lands
or
tenements
,
either
in
fee-simple
or
fee-tayle
,
and
being
so
seised
die
,
his
wife
shall
be
indowed
of
a
full
third
part
of
all
those
lands
and
tenements
,
during
her
life
;
Dower
at
the
common
Law.
Dower
by
custome
.
and
being
thus
indowed
,
she
is
called
Tenant
in
Dower
,
and
this
is
by
the
common
Law.
Besides
this
,
there
is
Dower
by
custome
,
for
in
some
places
the
woman
shall
haue
a
moytie
,
and
in
some
places
more
,
and
in
others
lesse
during
her
life
,
of
all
the
lands
her
husband
was
seised
of
at
any
time
during
the
couerture
,
according
to
the
custome
of
the
place
.
But
if
the
wife
be
not
aboue
the
age
of
nine
yeeres
,
at
the
time
of
her
husbands
death
;
the
common
Law
will
not
permit
her
indowment
.
A
Woman
shall
haue
no
dower
.
And
for
diuers
causes
a
woman
may
be
defeated
of
her
dower
;
as
if
shee
or
her
husband
,
commit
treason
,
murder
,
or
felony
,
and
be
thereof
attaynted
(
yea
,
though
they
haue
their
pardon
:
)
also
if
she
forsake
her
husband
and
liue
incontinently
;
and
be
not
againe
reconciled
without
constraint
of
law
;
or
if
shee
detayne
and
with-hold
the
deedes
and
euidences
from
the
heire
,
of
those
lands
,
whereof
shee
claymeth
dower
,
and
the
like
.
And
some
things
there
are
,
whereof
a
woman
is
not
capable
of
indowment
;
as
of
Commons
,
Annuities
,
Estouers
sans
number
,
Homages
,
Seruices
,
and
the
like
.
There
are
besides
these
other
kindes
of
dowers
,
as
one
called
dowment
,
Ex
assensu
patris
:
another
termed
dowment
ad
ostium
Ecclesiae
:
and
a
third
,
de
la
plus
bel
part
:
As
appeareth
at
large
by
our
common
Lawes
;
whereunto
I
referre
you
.
6.
For
terme
of
Life
.
A
Tenant
for
terme
of
life
,
is
he
,
who
holdeth
lands
or
tenements
,
either
for
terme
of
his
owne
life
,
or
for
terme
of
another
mans
life
;
but
for
distinctions
sake
,
he
who
holdeth
for
his
owne
life
,
is
termed
barely
Tenant
for
life
,
and
hee
that
holdeth
for
anothers
life
,
is
called
tenant
for
terme
d'autervie
,
that
is
of
anothers
life
.
And
if
either
of
these
kinde
of
tenants
commit
or
suffer
waste
,
Waste
.
the
leasor
or
he
in
reuersion
,
shall
bring
and
maintayne
against
him
an
action
of
waste
,
and
thereby
recouer
treble
damages
.
7.
By
Copie
of
Court
roll
.
THese
tenants
are
such
,
as
in
diuers
Mannors
hold
lands
and
tenements
to
them
and
to
their
heires
,
some
in
the
nature
of
fee-simple
,
others
in
fee-tayle
,
or
for
terme
of
life
or
liues
,
at
the
will
of
the
Lord
,
according
to
the
custome
of
the
Mannor
;
and
in
some
Mannors
they
hold
by
copie
for
terme
of
yeeres
:
And
all
these
haue
no
other
euidence
to
shew
concerning
the
tenure
of
their
lands
,
saue
only
the
copies
of
the
rolls
of
their
Lords
Court
;
and
therefore
are
they
called
tenants
by
Copie
of
Court
roll
.
Alienation
of
estate
.
And
if
any
of
these
tenants
alien
or
sell
his
lands
or
estate
by
deede
,
he
shal
absolutely
forfeit
the
same
into
the
Lords
hands
:
wherefore
if
he
will
alien
his
copy-hold
estate
,
he
must
come
into
the
Lords
Court
and
there
surrender
the
same
into
the
Lords
hands
,
to
the
vse
of
him
vnto
whom
he
alienateth
the
same
.
But
in
diuers
Mannors
the
surrender
may
be
made
out
of
Court
,
Surrender
out
of
Court.
vnto
any
copy-hold
tenant
,
in
presence
of
two
of
the
homage
(
to
the
vse
as
aforesaid
)
who
are
to
present
the
same
vnto
the
Steward
at
the
next
Court
,
and
admittance
made
accordingly
.
And
these
tenants
can
neither
sue
or
be
sued
,
in
any
of
the
Kings
Courts
,
by
writ
or
otherwise
,
for
these
lands
so
holden
.
But
they
must
implead
and
sue
for
the
same
,
by
way
of
plaint
,
in
the
Lords
Court.
And
some
are
of
opinion
that
these
tenants
are
but
in
the
nature
of
tenants
at
will
of
the
Lord
;
who
at
his
pleasure
may
displace
them
,
Tenants
at
will
.
and
they
without
remedie
,
but
by
the
Lords
fauour
.
Yet
others
are
of
a
contrarie
minde
,
who
maintayne
,
that
if
any
such
customarie
tenant
(
but
those
for
yeeres
,
their
terme
being
expired
;
Remedie
for
copy-holder
pat
off
.
paying
and
doing
their
seruices
)
shall
without
iust
cause
be
eiected
and
displaced
by
the
Lord
;
he
may
bring
and
maintayne
his
action
of
trespasse
against
him
,
at
the
common
Law.
And
if
any
of
these
cut
timber
,
growing
on
his
lands
,
Waste
.
without
licence
of
the
Lord
(
but
only
for
repaire
of
his
tenement
)
it
is
a
waste
,
and
an
absolute
forfeiture
.
And
in
most
Mannors
if
any
such
tenant
shall
farme
or
let
out
his
land
,
for
any
longer
time
then
a
yeere
,
without
the
Lords
licence
,
Forfeiture
.
it
is
likewise
a
forfeiture
vnto
the
Lord.
But
of
these
and
many
other
the
like
,
we
are
to
be
guided
according
to
the
custome
of
the
Mannor
,
where
such
tenants
are
.
And
generally
these
tenants
,
Base
tenure
.
for
that
they
haue
no
free-hold
at
the
common
Law
,
but
by
custome
,
are
termed
tenants
of
base
tenure
.
And
thus
much
concerning
free-holds
and
estates
of
inheritance
;
and
next
of
Chattels
.
8.
Terme
of
yeeres
.
A
Tenant
for
terme
of
yeeres
,
is
he
,
vnto
whom
an
estate
is
granted
of
lands
,
for
any
number
of
yeeres
agreed
vpon
,
betweene
the
Lord
and
Tenant
;
which
terme
is
alwayes
expressed
in
the
lease
so
granted
.
On
which
lease
there
is
vsually
reserued
some
annuall
rent
,
Rent
reserued
.
payable
either
halfe
yeerely
or
quarterly
,
according
to
their
contract
.
For
the
recouerie
and
obtayning
of
which
rent
,
if
it
happen
to
be
ariere
and
vn-paid
,
Distresse
or
action
of
debt
.
the
leasor
is
at
his
choyce
;
whether
he
will
enter
and
distrayne
,
or
bring
his
action
at
the
common
Law
for
the
same
.
And
in
these
leases
for
terme
of
yeeres
,
whether
by
writing
or
otherwise
,
No
liuery
of
seisin
.
there
neede
no
liuery
of
seison
,
but
the
tenant
may
immediately
enter
by
vertue
of
his
lease
without
further
ceremonie
.
But
in
leases
for
terme
of
life
or
liues
,
it
is
otherwise
.
Also
if
this
tenant
commit
or
suffer
waste
;
Waste
.
the
leasor
may
bring
his
action
of
waste
against
him
;
wherein
he
shall
recouer
locum
vastatum
,
and
his
treble
damages
.
And
if
this
tenant
shall
grant
vnto
any
other
man
a
greater
or
larger
estate
in
those
lands
he
holdeth
,
then
he
hath
therein
himselfe
;
whereby
hee
conueyeth
the
fee-simple
to
himselfe
,
hee
shall
forfeit
his
lease
and
the
state
,
and
terme
of
yeeres
therein
granted
.
9.
Tenant
at
will
.
A
Tenant
at
will
,
is
he
,
vnto
whom
lands
or
tenements
are
granted
,
to
hold
at
the
will
of
the
Lord
or
leasor
,
by
whom
they
are
granted
.
And
this
tenant
may
bee
displaced
or
put
out
at
any
time
,
Displaced
at
pleasure
.
without
further
notice
,
at
the
Lords
pleasure
;
yea
,
although
he
hath
tilled
and
sowne
his
grounds
.
Libertie
to
take
his
corne
and
goods
.
Yet
in
this
case
the
law
alloweth
him
free
libertie
of
ingresse
,
egresse
,
and
regresse
,
aswell
to
take
,
cut
,
and
carry
away
his
corne
when
it
is
ripe
;
as
to
take
and
carry
away
his
goods
,
and
house-hold-stuffe
,
within
conuenient
time
;
without
punishment
of
committing
trespasse
,
or
otherwise
;
for
that
be
knew
not
his
Lords
intention
or
time
of
entrance
.
But
with
tenant
for
terme
of
yeeres
it
is
otherwise
.
Like
remedie
for
rent
.
And
the
Lord
or
leasor
here
hath
the
like
remedie
against
this
his
tenant
at
will
,
for
his
rent
,
if
it
be
behinde
and
vn-paid
,
as
he
hath
against
the
tenant
for
terme
of
yeeres
,
last
before
mentioned
.
And
it
is
to
be
noted
,
that
this
tenant
at
will
is
not
by
the
law
charged
or
chargeable
with
reparations
,
No
action
of
Waste
.
as
is
the
tenant
for
yeeres
;
and
therefore
no
action
of
waste
lyeth
against
him
;
vnlesse
he
wilfully
committeth
waste
,
by
pulling
downe
the
buildings
,
or
felling
of
timber
,
&c.
In
which
case
it
is
held
,
Trespasse
.
that
the
leasor
may
bring
his
action
of
trespasse
,
and
recouer
his
losse
sustayned
.
And
thus
much
briefly
concerning
estates
in
land
;
whereof
the
two
later
kindes
are
termed
Chattells
reall
;
and
all
moueable
goods
are
called
Chattels
personall
;
as
appeareth
by
this
breuiate
following
.
An
ANALYSIS
or
briefe
resolution
of
all
estates
in
generall
.
They
consist
of
-
Free-holds
,
-
At
the
common
Law.
-
Fee-simple
,
-
By
purchase
.
-
By
descent
.
-
Fee-tayle
,
-
Generall
.
-
Speciall
.
-
Free-hold
,
-
After
possibilitie
of
issue
extinct
.
-
Curtesie
of
Eng.
-
Dower
.
-
Terme
of
life
.
-
Terme
d'auter
vie
.
-
By
Custome
.
-
These
are
diuided
as
free-holds
at
the
common
Law.
-
Chattells
,
-
Reall
.
-
Terme
of
yeeres
.
-
Wardship
of
lands
.
-
Tenure
at
will
.
-
Personall
.
-
Corne
,
Cattell
,
Money
,
Plate
,
-
House-hold-stuffe
,
&c.
CHAP.
IIII.
Of
the
diuersitie
of
Tenures
,
and
their
seuerall
natures
,
with
the
seruices
belonging
.
HAuing
informed
our selues
,
as
before
,
of
the
diuersitie
of
estates
(
for
all
lands
whatsoeuer
,
consist
of
some
of
those
,
formerly
mentioned
)
let
vs
here
,
next
,
consider
of
the
seuerall
tenures
and
seruices
thereunto
particularly
belonging
;
which
are
maine
and
principall
obseruations
to
be
had
and
vsed
in
suruey
of
a
Mannor
,
and
most
meet
and
necessarie
for
a
Surueyor
to
know
and
vnderstand
.
Whereof
in
order
as
followeth
.
1.
Knights
seruice
.
THis
tenure
of
Knights
seruice
includeth
Homage
and
Fealtie
,
and
commonly
Escuage
;
and
whoso
holdeth
any
lands
or
tenements
by
this
seruice
,
is
bound
by
the
Lawes
of
this
our
Realme
,
to
doe
vnto
his
Lord
Homage
and
Fealtie
;
Homage
.
being
a
seruice
of
the
greatest
humilitie
and
respect
,
that
can
be
performed
by
a
tenant
vnto
his
Lord
:
and
for
the
most
part
,
he
is
to
pay
Escuage
,
called
Scutagium
,
that
is
,
seruice
of
shield
;
which
is
to
be
assessed
by
authoritie
of
Parliament
,
as
shall
be
hereafter
declared
.
How
the
tenant
shall
doe
homage
When
the
tenant
shall
doe
homage
to
his
Lord
,
the
Lord
shall
sit
,
and
the
tenant
kneeling
downe
before
him
,
on
both
his
knees
,
and
holding
both
his
hands
betweene
his
Lords
hands
,
shall
say
thus
:
I
become
your
man
,
from
henceforth
,
of
life
and
member
,
and
of
earthly
honor
,
and
to
you
will
be
faithfull
and
true
,
and
faith
to
you
shall
beare
for
the
lands
I
hold
of
you
(
sauing
my
faith
which
I
owe
and
beare
vnto
our
Soueraigne
Lord
the
King
)
and
then
the
Lord
so
sitting
,
shall
kisse
him
.
How
fealtie
is
to
be
done
.
Fealtie
is
as
much
to
say
,
as
Fidelitas
,
or
fidelitie
.
In
doing
whereof
,
the
tenant
shall
lay
his
right
hand
on
a
booke
,
and
say
thus
:
I
will
be
vnto
you
my
Lord
,
faithfull
and
true
,
and
faith
to
you
shall
beare
,
for
the
lands
and
tenements
which
I
claime
to
hold
of
you
,
and
duly
shall
doe
and
performe
vnto
you
the
customes
and
seruices
which
I
ought
to
doe
,
at
the
termes
assigned
,
as
helpe
me
God
;
and
then
he
shall
kisse
the
booke
.
And
it
is
to
be
noted
,
that
Homage
must
be
done
vnto
the
Lord
himselfe
personally
;
but
Fealtie
may
be
made
to
the
Steward
of
the
Court
,
or
to
the
Baylife
thereof
.
Also
,
tenant
for
terme
of
life
shall
doe
Fealtie
,
but
not
Homage
.
What
dutie
belongeth
to
Escuage
.
As
concerning
Escuage
:
hee
that
holdeth
his
lands
by
a
whole
fee
of
Knights
seruice
;
when
the
King
goes
in
person
to
the
warres
,
he
is
bound
to
be
with
him
by
the
space
of
fortie
dayes
,
sufficiently
appointed
for
the
warres
:
and
he
that
holdeth
by
the
moitie
of
the
fee
of
Knights
seruice
,
is
bound
by
his
tenure
to
be
with
the
King
in
such
sort
as
before
,
by
the
space
of
twentie
daies
;
and
so
proportionally
,
according
to
the
quantitie
and
rate
of
his
tenure
.
And
it
is
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
after
the
Kings
returne
from
the
warres
,
a
Parliament
is
vsually
called
;
Parliament
.
by
authoritie
whereof
,
it
is
assessed
,
what
and
how
much
,
in
money
,
euerie
man
that
holdeth
by
a
whole
fee
of
Knights
seruice
(
who
was
neyther
personally
,
nor
any
man
for
him
,
with
the
King
)
shall
pay
vnto
the
Lord
of
whome
he
holdeth
his
land
,
by
Escuage
:
and
according
to
such
assessement
,
euerie
tenant
shall
pay
to
his
immediate
Lord
,
What
Escuage
to
be
paid
.
after
the
rate
and
proportion
of
his
tenure
:
and
this
money
thus
assessed
,
is
called
Scutage
,
or
Escuage
;
for
which
,
the
Lord
vnto
whom
the
same
is
due
,
may
distraine
for
non-payment
thereof
.
Yet
some
tenants
by
custome
,
Custome
.
are
not
otherwise
bound
,
but
to
pay
a
moitie
or
third
part
of
what
shall
be
assessed
,
as
aforesaid
.
And
in
some
places
the
custome
is
,
that
whatsoeuer
be
assessed
by
Parliament
,
yet
their
Escuage
is
certaine
,
and
they
pay
neither
more
nor
lesse
,
but
such
a
summe
of
money
,
Escuage
certaine
as
fiue
shillings
,
or
the
like
;
and
this
is
called
Escuage
certaine
:
and
this
tenure
is
Socage
tenure
,
and
not
Knights
seruice
;
the
Escuage
whereof
is
alwayes
vncertaine
,
and
so
called
.
And
this
Escuage
vncertaine
(
belonging
alwayes
to
Knights
seruice
)
draweth
vnto
it
Ward
,
Marriage
,
and
Reliefe
,
as
hereafter
appeareth
.
2.
Ward
,
Marriage
,
and
Reliefe
.
AS
formerly
appeareth
,
Knights
seruice
(
the
tenure
last
before
mentioned
)
draweth
vnto
it
Ward
,
Marriage
,
and
Reliefe
;
and
therefore
I
hold
it
fitting
here
next
to
treat
thereof
.
Wherefore
,
first
it
is
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
if
a
man
hold
any
lands
or
tenements
by
this
tenure
,
and
dieth
,
his
heire
male
being
within
the
age
of
one
and
twentie
yeares
;
the
Lord
of
whome
those
lands
are
holden
,
shall
haue
the
Ward
,
that
is
,
the
custodie
and
keeping
of
those
lands
so
holden
of
him
,
Ward
.
to
his
owne
vse
and
behoofe
,
without
account
,
vntill
the
heire
come
to
the
full
age
of
one
and
twentie
yeares
:
for
it
is
intended
by
the
Law
,
that
vntill
he
attaine
to
that
age
,
he
is
not
fit
or
able
to
performe
such
seruice
,
as
by
this
tenure
is
required
.
And
if
at
the
time
of
the
death
of
such
tenant
the
heire
be
vnmarried
,
Marriage
.
the
Lord
shall
not
onely
haue
the
wardship
of
his
bodie
and
lands
,
but
the
bestowing
of
him
in
marriage
.
And
if
a
tenant
by
Knights
seruice
die
,
and
leaue
an
heire
female
,
being
of
the
age
of
foureteene
yeares
,
Heire
female
.
or
vpwards
;
then
the
Lord
shall
not
haue
the
ward
of
such
heire
,
The
full
age
of
a
woman
.
neyther
of
her
bodie
nor
lands
;
because
a
woman
of
that
age
may
haue
a
husband
able
to
performe
the
seruices
required
by
this
tenure
.
But
if
such
an
heire
be
vnder
that
age
of
foureteene
yeares
,
and
vnmarried
at
the
time
of
her
ancestors
death
,
then
shall
the
Lord
haue
the
wardship
of
her
lands
so
holden
of
him
,
till
she
attaine
to
the
age
of
sixteene
yeares
;
by
force
of
an
act
of
Parliament
,
in
the
Statute
of
Westminster
1.
Cap.
12.
And
note
here
the
great
difference
betweene
the
ages
of
Males
and
Females
:
for
the
Female
hath
these
seuerall
ages
appointed
vnto
her
by
the
Law.
First
,
Diuersitie
of
the
ages
of
women
.
at
seuen
yeeres
of
age
the
Lord
her
father
may
distrayne
his
tenants
for
aide
to
marry
her
.
Secondly
,
at
nine
yeeres
of
age
shee
is
dowable
.
Thirdly
,
at
twelue
yeeres
of
age
shee
is
held
able
to
assent
to
matrimonie
:
Fourthly
,
at
foureteene
she
is
able
to
haue
her
land
,
and
shall
be
out
of
ward
,
(
if
shee
be
of
this
age
at
the
death
of
her
ancestor
.
)
Fiftly
,
at
sixteene
shee
shall
be
out
of
Ward
,
though
shee
were
vnder
foureteene
yeeres
of
age
at
the
death
of
her
ancestor
:
and
sixtly
,
at
one
and
twentie
yeeres
shee
is
able
to
make
alienations
of
her
lands
or
tenements
.
Mens
ages
.
But
the
Law
limiteth
to
the
Male
,
only
two
ages
,
that
is
,
at
fourteene
yeeres
to
haue
his
lands
holden
in
Socage
:
and
at
one
and
twentie
to
make
alienations
.
As
concerning
Reliefe
,
Reliefe
.
if
a
man
hold
his
lands
by
Knights
seruice
and
dyeth
,
his
heire
male
being
of
the
age
of
one
and
twentie
yeeres
,
or
his
heire
female
of
the
age
of
fourteene
yeeres
,
the
Lord
of
whom
such
lands
are
holden
,
shall
haue
reliefe
of
the
heire
.
Also
it
is
to
be
noted
,
that
all
Earles
,
Barons
,
or
other
the
Kingstenants
(
holding
of
him
in
chiefe
by
Knights
seruice
)
if
they
dye
,
their
heire
being
of
full
age
,
as
aforesaid
,
they
ought
to
pay
the
old
reliefe
for
their
inheritance
,
What
reliefes
are
to
be
paid
,
and
how
.
that
is
,
the
heire
of
an
Earle
for
a
whole
Earledom
an
hundred
pounds
;
the
heire
of
a
Baron
for
a
whole
Baronie
a
hundred
markes
;
the
heire
of
a
Knight
fiue
pounds
,
and
he
that
hath
lesse
shall
giue
lesse
,
according
to
the
old
custome
of
Fees.
And
the
like
is
to
be
vnderstood
and
obserued
of
all
others
,
that
hold
such
lands
immediately
of
any
other
Lord.
And
also
a
man
may
hold
lands
of
a
Lord
by
two
Knights
fees
,
and
then
the
heire
being
of
full
age
at
the
death
of
his
ancestor
,
shall
pay
to
his
Lord
for
reliefe
ten
pounds
.
3.
Castle
garde
.
IT
is
also
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
a
man
may
hold
lands
by
Knights
seruice
,
Defined
.
and
not
by
escuage
,
nor
pay
escuage
for
the
same
:
But
hee
may
hold
by
Castle
garde
,
which
is
to
keepe
a
tower
or
some
other
place
of
his
Lords
Castle
,
on
a
reasonable
warning
,
when
the
Lord
heareth
of
the
approch
of
his
Enemies
.
This
is
likewise
Knights
seruice
,
and
draweth
thereunto
ward
,
marriage
and
reliefe
,
in
all
respects
as
the
common
Knights
seruice
doth
,
before
mentioned
.
4.
Grand
Sergeantie
.
ALso
there
is
another
kinde
of
tenure
in
Knights
seruice
,
Defined
.
which
is
called
Grand
Sergiantie
,
and
this
is
where
a
man
hold
any
lands
and
tenements
of
the
King
,
by
some
such
certayne
seruices
,
as
he
ought
to
performe
in
proper
person
,
as
to
beare
the
Kings
Banner
,
or
his
Speare
,
or
to
conduct
his
Host
,
or
to
be
Sewer
,
Caruer
,
&c.
and
such
seruice
is
called
Grand
Sergeantie
,
that
is
,
a
high
or
great
seruice
,
because
it
is
the
most
honorable
and
worthy
seruice
that
is
:
for
whoso
holdeth
by
escuage
,
is
not
tyed
by
his
tenure
to
performe
any
other
more
speciall
seruice
,
then
another
holding
by
escuage
,
but
he
that
holdeth
by
grand
Sergeantie
,
is
tyed
to
performe
some
speciall
seruice
to
the
King.
And
if
a
man
hold
land
of
the
King
by
grand
Sergeantie
,
and
dye
;
his
heire
being
of
full
age
,
then
shall
his
heire
pay
vnto
the
King
,
not
only
fiue
pounds
,
as
he
that
holdeth
by
escuage
,
but
also
the
cleere
yeerely
value
of
such
lands
,
as
he
shall
hold
by
grand
Sergeantie
.
And
also
in
the
borders
of
Scotland
,
diuers
hold
their
lands
of
the
King
by
cornage
,
Cornage
.
which
is
to
blow
a
horne
,
to
giue
notice
to
the
Countrey
of
the
Enemies
approch
,
which
seruice
is
also
a
kinde
of
grand
Sergeantie
.
No
tenure
in
grand
sergeantie
,
but
of
the
King.
And
it
is
to
be
vnderstood
that
none
can
hold
by
this
tenure
of
grand
Sergeantie
,
of
any
other
Lord
saue
only
of
the
King.
5.
Petie
Sergeantie
.
PEtie
Sergeantie
is
,
Defined
.
where
a
man
holdeth
lands
or
tenements
immediately
of
the
King
,
and
for
his
seruice
in
respect
thereof
,
is
bound
to
pay
vnto
the
King
yeerely
,
a
Bow
,
a
Speare
,
a
Dagger
,
or
some
such
other
small
thing
belonging
to
the
warre
.
And
this
seruice
is
in
effect
no
other
then
Socage
,
because
the
tenant
is
not
tyed
to
performe
any
personall
seruice
,
but
to
pay
somewhat
yeerely
,
as
a
rent
is
paid
.
Wherefore
this
seruice
of
petie
Sergeantie
,
No
Knights
seruice
.
is
no
Knights
seruice
.
Yet
can
it
not
be
held
of
any
other
Lord
saue
the
King
only
,
aswell
as
grand
Sergeantie
.
6.
Homage
Ancestrell
.
IF
a
man
and
his
Ancestors
,
whose
heire
he
is
,
haue
holden
lands
or
tenements
of
another
,
and
his
ancestors
time
out
of
minde
,
by
homage
,
and
haue
done
vnto
him
homage
,
this
tenant
thus
holding
,
is
called
tenant
by
homage
ancestrell
,
by
reason
of
the
long
continuance
which
hath
beene
by
title
of
prescription
,
aswell
concerning
the
tenancie
in
the
bloud
of
the
tenant
,
as
concerning
the
Signiorie
in
the
Lord.
This
tenure
extinct
.
And
it
is
to
be
noted
,
that
if
this
tenant
by
homage
ancestrell
,
shall
at
any
time
alien
those
lands
vnto
another
,
although
he
immediately
,
or
at
any
time
after
,
purchase
them
againe
,
he
shall
no
longer
hold
by
this
tenure
,
because
he
hath
discontinued
,
but
shall
from
thenceforth
hold
it
by
the
accustomed
homage
.
7.
Socage
tenure
.
TEnure
in
Socage
is
,
Defined
.
where
a
man
holdeth
lands
or
tenements
of
a
Lord
by
certayne
seruice
,
for
all
manner
of
seruices
;
so
as
the
seruice
be
not
Knights
seruice
:
As
where
a
man
holdeth
of
his
Lord
by
fealtie
and
certayne
rent
,
for
all
manner
of
seruices
;
or
else
,
where
a
man
holdeth
by
homage
,
fealtie
and
certayne
rent
,
for
all
manner
of
seruices
;
for
homage
by
it selfe
maketh
not
Knights
seruice
.
Also
a
man
may
hold
his
lands
by
fealtie
only
,
which
is
likewise
tenure
in
socage
.
For
euery
tenure
that
is
not
tenure
in
Chiualrie
,
is
tenure
in
Socage
.
These
tenants
were
tyed
in
ancient
time
euery
of
them
with
their
ploughs
by
certayne
dayes
in
the
yeere
,
to
plow
and
sow
their
Lords
demeanes
,
for
which
cause
this
tenure
was
called
Socagium
,
or
seruicia
socae
,
Why
so
called
.
which
is
the
same
with
Caruca
,
one
Soke
or
one
plow
land
.
But
now
that
seruice
is
by
mutuall
consent
,
betweene
the
Lord
and
Tenant
,
in
most
places
,
Conuerted
to
rent
.
conuerted
to
an
annuall
rent
,
yet
the
name
of
Socage
still
remayneth
.
Escuage
certayne
.
Also
if
a
man
holdeth
by
escuage
certayne
,
as
is
before
spoken
,
he
holdeth
in
effect
but
by
socage
.
And
further
,
it
is
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
when
a
tenant
in
socage
dyeth
,
the
heire
is
to
pay
vnto
the
Lord
,
of
whom
those
lands
are
holden
,
a
reliefe
,
Reliefe
.
that
is
to
say
,
the
value
of
one
yeeres
rent
,
besides
the
yeerely
rent
,
for
the
payment
of
which
reliefe
,
the
Lord
may
at
his
pleasure
immediately
distraine
.
8.
Franke
Almoigne
.
THis
tenant
in
Franke
Almoigne
,
or
free
almes
,
Defined
.
is
where
an
Ecclesiasticall
person
holdeth
lands
of
his
Lord
,
in
pure
and
perpetuall
Almes
,
which
tenure
beganne
in
ancient
time
,
thus
:
If
a
man
being
seised
of
certayne
lands
and
tenements
in
his
demesne
,
as
of
Fee
,
should
thereof
infeoffe
an
Abbot
and
his
Couent
,
or
a
Prior
and
his
Couent
,
or
any
other
Ecclesiasticall
person
,
as
a
Deane
of
a
Colledge
,
or
Master
of
an
Hospitall
,
or
the
like
,
to
haue
and
to
hold
the
same
lands
to
them
and
their
successors
for
euer
,
in
pure
and
perpetuall
almes
,
or
in
franke
almes
,
in
these
cases
the
tenements
should
be
holden
in
franke
Almoigne
.
By
force
of
which
tenure
,
Seruice
to
be
done
.
those
tenants
which
hold
lands
thereby
,
were
bound
to
make
Orisons
and
Prayers
,
and
to
doe
other
diuine
seruices
,
for
the
soules
of
their
Grantors
and
Feoffors
,
&c.
and
therefore
discharged
by
the
Law
,
to
doe
or
performe
any
other
profane
or
corporall
seruice
,
as
fealtie
,
or
the
like
.
Otherwise
since
the
statute
.
But
it
is
now
otherwise
,
since
the
Statute
called
Quia
emptores
terrarum
,
An.
18.
ED.
1.
So
as
now
no
man
can
hold
in
franke
Almoigne
,
but
by
force
of
such
grants
as
were
made
before
that
Statute
.
9.
Burgage
tenure
.
A
Tenure
in
Burgage
is
,
where
an
ancient
Borough
is
,
Defined
.
whereof
the
King
is
Lord
,
and
they
which
haue
tenements
within
the
same
Borough
,
hold
of
the
King
,
by
paying
a
certayne
yeerely
rent
,
which
tenure
in
effect
is
but
socage
tenure
.
And
the
like
is
,
where
any
other
Lord
spirituall
or
temporall
is
Lord
of
such
Borough
.
And
it
is
to
be
noted
,
that
for
the
most
part
such
ancient
Boroughs
and
Townes
,
haue
diuers
and
sundrie
customes
and
vsages
,
Diuers
customes
.
which
other
Townes
haue
not
.
For
some
Boroughs
haue
a
custome
that
the
yongest
sonne
shall
inherit
before
the
eldest
,
which
custome
is
commonly
called
Borough
English
.
And
in
some
places
the
woman
by
the
custome
of
the
Borough
there
,
shall
haue
all
such
lands
and
tenements
in
Dower
,
as
her
husband
at
any
time
during
the
couerture
stood
seised
of
.
Diuers
customes
contrary
to
the
course
of
common
Law.
There
are
diuers
other
customes
in
England
,
which
are
contrarie
to
the
course
of
the
common
law
,
which
being
probable
and
standing
with
reason
,
are
good
and
effectuall
,
notwithstanding
they
are
against
the
common
law
.
No
custome
without
prescription
.
But
no
customes
are
allowable
,
but
those
,
as
haue
beene
vsed
by
prescription
,
or
time
out
of
minde
.
10.
Ancient
Demesne
.
THere
is
likewise
another
tenure
,
Defined
.
called
ancient
demesne
,
and
the
tenants
who
hold
by
this
seruice
,
are
Free-holders
by
Charter
,
and
not
by
copie
of
Court
roll
,
or
by
the
verge
after
the
custome
of
the
Mannor
,
at
the
will
of
the
Lord.
And
these
are
such
tenants
as
hold
of
those
Mannors
,
which
were
Saint
EDWARDS
the
King
,
or
which
were
in
the
hands
of
King
WILLIAM
the
Conqueror
,
which
Mannors
are
called
the
ancient
Demesnes
of
the
King
,
or
the
ancient
demesnes
of
the
Crowne
of
England
.
And
to
such
tenants
as
hold
of
those
Mannors
,
the
Law
granteth
many
large
priuileges
and
liberties
,
Quit
of
toll
.
as
to
be
quit
of
toll
and
passage
,
and
such
like
impositions
,
vsually
demanded
and
paid
of
and
by
other
men
,
for
their
goods
and
cattell
,
bought
and
sold
in
Fayres
and
Markets
by
them
;
also
to
be
quit
and
free
of
taxe
and
tallage
granted
by
Parliament
,
Free
of
taxe
.
except
it
please
the
King
to
taxe
ancient
demeanes
,
when
he
thinketh
fit
,
for
great
and
vrgent
occasions
.
And
diuers
other
priuileges
are
belonging
to
this
tenure
,
wherein
I
refer
you
to
our
Lawes
.
And
if
such
tenant
be
at
any
time
distrayned
,
to
doe
and
performe
vnto
their
Lord
any
such
other
seruice
or
dutie
,
which
they
or
their
ancestors
haue
not
beene
accustomed
to
doe
,
A
wit
of
Monstrauerunt
.
they
shall
sue
out
a
Writ
,
called
a
Monstrauerunt
,
directed
to
the
Lord
,
commanding
him
that
he
distrayne
them
not
to
doe
other
seruices
or
customes
,
then
they
haue
beene
accustomed
to
doe
.
And
it
is
further
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
in
the
Exchequer
there
is
a
booke
remayning
,
Doomes-day
booke
.
called
Doomes-day-booke
,
which
booke
was
made
in
the
time
of
S.
EDWARD
the
King
,
and
all
those
lands
which
were
in
the
seisin
and
in
the
hands
of
the
said
S.
EDW.
at
the
time
of
the
making
of
the
said
booke
,
are
ancient
demesnes
.
And
thus
much
concerning
the
diuersitie
of
tenures
and
seruices
.
Now
next
let
vs
consider
of
the
rents
thereon
vsually
reserued
,
and
the
seuerall
kindes
thereof
.
CHAP.
V.
Of
Rents
,
and
their
seuerall
natures
.
COnsidering
that
on
euery
tenure
there
is
vsually
some
rent
or
other
reserued
:
I
hold
it
not
vnfitting
to
say
somewhat
here
concerning
the
same
.
And
first
,
it
is
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
as
there
are
diuersitie
of
tenures
,
so
likewise
of
rents
;
as
one
sort
which
is
called
a
Rent
seruice
,
Diuersitie
of
Rents
.
another
Rent
charge
,
and
a
third
Rent
seck
,
or
Redditus
siccus
,
a
drie
rent
.
Rent
seruice
.
As
concerning
rent
seruice
,
it
fitly
hath
the
name
,
for
that
it
is
vsually
tyed
and
knit
to
the
tenure
;
and
is
,
as
it
were
,
a
seruice
,
whereby
a
man
holdeth
his
lands
or
tenements
,
or
at
least
,
when
the
rents
are
vnseparably
coupled
and
knit
with
the
seruice
.
As
for
example
;
where
the
tenant
holdeth
his
land
of
the
Lord
by
fealtie
and
certaine
rent
,
or
by
homage
,
fealtie
,
and
by
certaine
rent
,
or
by
any
other
kind
of
seruice
and
certaine
rent
,
this
rent
is
called
rent
seruice
.
Distresse
of
common
right
.
And
here
is
to
be
noted
,
that
if
at
any
time
this
rent
seruice
be
behind
and
vnpaid
,
the
Lord
of
whome
the
lands
or
tenements
are
holden
,
whether
in
fee
simple
,
fee
tayle
,
for
terme
of
life
,
for
yeares
,
or
at
will
,
may
of
common
right
enter
and
distraine
for
the
rent
,
though
there
be
no
mention
at
all
,
nor
clause
of
Distresse
put
in
the
Deed
or
Lease
.
The
nature
of
this
rent
seruice
I
say
is
to
be
coupled
and
knit
to
the
tenure
;
and
therefore
,
where
no
tenure
is
,
there
can
be
no
rent
seruice
:
wherefore
,
if
at
this
day
I
be
seised
of
lands
or
tenements
in
fee
simple
,
and
make
a
Deed
of
Feoffement
thereof
vnto
another
in
fee
simple
,
and
reserue
by
the
same
Deed
a
rent
,
this
can
be
called
no
rent
seruice
;
for
that
there
can
be
now
no
tenure
betweene
the
Feoffor
and
Feoffee
.
But
it
is
otherwise
of
Feoffements
made
before
the
Statute
of
Quia
emptores
terrarum
,
Anno
18.
Ed.
1.
formerly
mentioned
.
For
before
the
making
of
that
Statute
,
if
any
man
had
made
a
Feoffement
in
fee
simple
,
and
had
reserued
thereon
vnto
himselfe
a
certaine
rent
,
although
it
had
beene
without
Deed
,
here
had
beene
created
a
new
tenure
betweene
the
Feoffor
and
Feoffee
,
and
the
Feoffee
must
haue
holden
of
the
Feoffor
,
who
by
meanes
thereof
,
might
of
common
right
haue
distrained
for
such
rent
:
but
since
the
time
of
that
Statute
,
there
can
be
no
such
holding
or
tenure
created
or
begun
;
and
consequently
,
No
rent
seruice
can
be
now
reserued
on
gift
in
fee
.
no
rent
seruice
can
at
this
day
be
reserued
vpon
any
gift
in
fee
simple
;
except
in
the
Kings
case
;
who
being
chiefe
Lord
of
all
,
may
,
and
euer
might
,
giue
lands
to
be
holden
of
him
.
Thus
it
is
apparant
,
that
at
this
day
no
subiect
can
reserue
any
rent
seruice
vnto
himselfe
,
vnlesse
the
reuersion
of
those
lands
,
so
by
him
graunted
,
be
still
in
himselfe
:
as
where
hee
graunteth
them
in
fee
tayle
,
or
maketh
but
a
lease
for
terme
of
life
,
or
for
yeares
,
or
else
at
will
;
for
in
all
these
cases
,
the
reuersion
of
the
fee
simple
remaineth
still
in
him
:
wherefore
,
if
any
rent
be
here
reserued
,
it
is
to
be
called
a
rent
seruice
;
and
of
common
right
is
distrainable
,
although
there
be
no
clause
of
Distresse
comprised
in
the
Deed
or
Lease
.
And
if
a
man
shall
absolutely
and
wholly
graunt
away
in
fee
simple
anie
lands
or
tenements
by
him
so
holden
,
leauing
no
reuersion
thereof
in
himselfe
;
and
yet
shall
reserue
vnto
himselfe
in
his
Graunt
an
annuall
rent
;
with
a
clause
of
Distresse
in
his
Deed
indented
,
That
it
shall
be
lawfull
for
him
to
distraine
for
the
same
,
if
need
require
;
this
rent
(
in
regard
,
that
the
land
is
therewith
charged
)
is
called
a
rent
charge
:
Rent
charge
.
But
hee
cannot
distraine
for
this
rent
of
common
right
,
as
before
for
the
other
,
but
onely
by
force
and
vertue
of
his
Deed
indented
.
And
if
there
be
no
such
clause
of
Distresse
contained
in
the
Deed
,
then
is
this
rent
so
reserued
called
a
rent
seck
.
Rent
seck
.
Also
,
if
a
man
standing
seised
of
lands
and
tenements
in
fee
simple
,
will
graunt
either
by
Indenture
,
or
poll
Deed
,
an
yearely
rent
vnto
another
,
issuing
out
of
the
same
lands
,
whether
it
be
in
fee
simple
,
fee
tayle
,
for
terme
of
life
,
for
yeares
,
or
at
will
,
with
clause
of
Distresse
;
then
this
rent
is
called
a
Rent-charge
,
and
he
vnto
whome
this
rent
is
graunted
,
may
for
default
of
payment
enter
and
distraine
.
And
it
is
further
to
be
vnderstood
,
that
if
a
man
make
a
lease
vnto
another
for
terme
of
life
,
and
reserue
thereon
vnto
himselfe
an
yearely
rent
,
and
afterwards
graunteth
that
rent
vnto
A.B.
reseruing
the
reuersion
of
the
lands
vnto
himselfe
;
Rent
seck
.
this
rent
is
but
a
Rent
seck
:
for
that
A.
B.
who
hath
the
rent
,
hath
nothing
in
reuersion
of
the
land
.
And
if
a
man
giueth
lands
and
tenements
in
tayle
,
and
reserue
to
him
and
his
heires
a
certaine
rent
;
or
else
make
a
lease
for
terme
of
life
,
reseruing
certaine
rent
;
if
he
graunt
the
reuersion
to
another
,
and
the
tenant
attorne
accordingly
,
the
whole
rent
and
seruice
shall
passe
by
this
word
reuersion
,
because
the
rent
and
seruice
in
such
case
be
incident
to
the
reuersion
,
and
passe
by
the
graunt
of
the
reuersion
;
Rent
charge
.
and
here
is
the
rent
a
Rent-charge
.
But
if
hee
had
graunted
the
rent
onely
,
it
had
beene
then
a
Rent
seck
.
CHAP.
VI.
Of
Reprises
and
Deductions
.
AS
we
haue
formerly
vnderstood
,
what
seuerall
rents
,
profits
,
and
commodities
may
yearely
arise
or
grow
out
of
any
Mannor
to
the
Lord
thereof
;
so
is
it
as
fitting
to
consider
,
what
Reprises
,
Deductions
,
Payments
,
Charges
,
and
Duties
,
may
be
yearely
issuing
or
going
out
of
any
Mannor
from
the
Lord
thereof
:
For
otherwise
,
in
the
conclusion
of
our
Suruey
,
or
in
making
a
perfect
Constat
,
or
Particular
,
(
such
duties
not
being
reprised
)
the
true
value
of
the
Mannor
may
oftentimes
seeme
greater
then
in
truth
it
is
;
which
would
tend
much
to
our
shame
and
discredit
.
These
Reprises
and
Deductions
are
neuer
certaine
,
or
in
all
Mannors
alike
;
but
in
this
more
,
and
in
that
lesse
:
yet
in
one
and
the
same
Mannor
they
are
commonly
the
same
,
and
vsually
such
as
these
here
following
.
Reprises
are
any
manner
of
Rents
,
either
in
Money
,
Capons
,
Hennes
,
Pepper
,
Cummin
seed
,
or
the
like
,
issuing
and
payd
out
of
one
Mannor
to
another
:
also
,
Suits
of
Court
,
or
annuall
fines
for
the
same
;
and
the
like
may
be
issuing
and
payable
to
a
Sherifes
Turne
or
Hundred
;
also
Pensions
or
Portions
to
Ecclesiasticall
liuings
:
likewise
a
rent
may
be
issuing
for
way-leaue
,
or
some
particular
Passage
;
also
for
Water-courses
,
or
placing
of
Pipes
for
conueyance
of
Water
:
likewise
yearely
Fees
to
Officers
,
as
Stewards
,
Receiuers
,
Baylifes
,
Collectors
,
Keepers
,
&c.
and
also
stypends
,
salaries
,
or
annuities
to
Chaplins
,
or
the
like
:
All
which
are
euer
to
be
deducted
and
reprised
out
of
the
totall
value
of
a
Mannor
.
And
hauing
thus
furnished
and
informed
our selues
,
first
of
the
Mathematicall
part
of
Suruey
,
by
the
three
former
Bookes
;
and
thus
farre
of
the
Legall
,
as
to
know
what
a
Mannor
is
,
and
the
seuerall
parts
thereof
;
and
likewise
of
all
estates
in
generall
;
and
what
Tenures
,
Seruices
,
and
Rents
are
thereunto
incident
,
appertaining
,
and
belonging
;
let
vs
proceed
in
an
orderly
and
formall
course
;
supposing
we
are
now
to
vndertake
the
suruey
of
a
Mannor
,
which
is
to
be
performed
as
followeth
.
CHAP.
VII
.
Obseruations
and
courses
to
be
held
and
taken
,
before
the
beginning
of
a
Suruey
.
IT
is
first
to
be
considered
,
for
whome
the
businesse
we
vndertake
,
is
to
be
performed
:
if
for
the
King
,
then
are
we
to
obtaine
Commission
from
his
Maiestie
out
of
such
Court
or
Courts
as
is
requisite
,
according
to
the
tenure
of
the
lands
to
be
surueyed
,
as
the
Exchequer
,
Duchie
,
&c.
In
declaring
the
forme
of
which
Commissions
,
I
need
not
spend
time
,
for
that
they
are
vsuall
,
and
of
ordinarie
course
(
in
such
cases
)
graunted
out
of
those
Courts
.
Yet
seeing
,
that
for
the
most
part
,
those
Commissions
giue
power
to
the
Surueyor
,
by
reference
to
certaine
articles
annexed
;
and
according
to
the
efficacie
and
force
thereof
,
the
power
and
authoritie
of
the
Surueyor
is
limitted
;
it
behooueth
to
haue
those
articles
as
ample
,
full
,
&
forcible
,
as
you
may
deuise
;
not
knowing
with
what
people
you
are
to
deale
(
who
often
proue
obstinate
)
nor
the
nature
,
estate
,
or
condition
of
Tenancie
(
for
the
most
part
variable
.
)
Which
articles
let
be
these
here
following
,
or
the
like
in
effect
.
Articles
to
be
inquired
of
,
and
courses
to
be
obserued
and
held
by
A.
R.
in
this
present
Commission
named
,
for
the
better
effecting
and
execution
of
his
Maiesties
seruice
,
in
surueying
of
his
Highnesse
Honors
,
Lordships
,
or
Mannors
of
A.
and
B.
in
the
Countie
of
C.
and
of
all
Castles
,
Houses
,
Parkes
,
Mesuages
,
Lands
,
Tenements
,
and
Hereditaments
thereunto
belonging
and
appertaining
.
1.
FIrst
,
the
said
A.R.
is
to
enter
into
the
said
Honors
,
Lordships
,
and
Mannors
,
and
all
and
singular
other
the
premisses
,
and
euery
of
them
,
and
into
euery
part
and
parcell
of
them
,
and
euery
of
them
,
and
to
make
a
suruey
of
the
quantitie
,
qualitie
,
and
yearely
value
thereof
,
and
of
euery
part
,
parcell
,
and
member
thereof
respectiuely
.
2.
Also
the
said
A.R.
is
to
call
before
him
all
such
as
now
are
or
formerly
haue
bin
Stewards
,
Baylifes
,
Reeues
,
or
Collectors
of
all
or
any
his
Maiesties
issues
,
rents
,
reuenewes
,
and
profits
within
the
premisses
,
and
their
deputies
,
and
euery
or
any
of
them
,
and
to
charge
them
on
their
oaths
to
deliuer
in
vnto
him
true
and
perfect
Rentalls
of
all
and
euery
their
seuerall
collections
:
and
likewise
to
call
before
him
all
and
euery
such
person
and
persons
,
as
haue
or
are
suspected
to
haue
any
Euidences
,
Court
Rolls
,
Rentalls
,
Bookes
of
Suruey
,
Couchars
,
Terrars
,
Escripts
,
Writings
,
or
Mynuments
whatsoeuer
,
touching
or
concerning
the
said
Mannors
,
Messuages
,
Lands
,
Tenements
,
and
Hereditaments
,
and
euery
or
any
of
them
;
and
all
and
euery
such
person
and
persons
to
examine
vpon
their
oathes
concerning
the
same
writings
,
and
euery
of
them
:
and
also
to
demand
,
require
,
and
receiue
of
them
,
all
and
euery
such
Bookes
,
Rentalls
,
and
other
Writings
,
as
he
shall
so
find
to
be
in
their
hands
or
custodie
:
And
if
any
shall
make
refusall
of
the
deliuerie
thereof
,
to
certifie
his
or
their
name
and
names
,
and
the
reason
of
such
his
or
their
refusall
,
to
the
Lord
Treasurer
of
England
,
and
Chancellor
of
the
Exchequer
,
that
speedie
and
due
courses
may
be
therein
held
and
taken
accordingly
.
But
this
is
to
be
vnderstood
of
Bookes
and
Writings
not
being
in
the
hands
of
the
present
Steward
or
Stewards
of
any
of
the
premisses
,
nor
in
the
custodie
of
any
of
his
Maiesties
Officers
of
his
Highnesse
Courts
of
Record
at
Westminster
;
whereof
he
is
only
to
take
and
extract
notes
,
for
his
better
instruction
and
information
concerning
the
premisses
.
3.
Likewise
he
is
to
inquire
,
what
are
the
seuerall
limits
,
butts
,
and
bounds
of
all
and
singuler
the
premisses
,
and
to
expresse
the
same
accordingly
;
and
what
Lord
or
Lords
are
conioyning
or
boundering
thereon
;
&
whether
they
or
any
of
them
haue
or
do
intrude
or
incroach
vpon
or
within
the
limits
or
bounds
aforesaid
,
or
the
liberties
or
priuiledges
comprised
within
the
same
.
4.
Also
,
whether
the
premisses
,
or
any
part
thereof
,
doth
lye
or
extend
into
any
other
Mannor
;
and
whether
any
other
Mannors
,
Messuages
,
Lands
,
or
Tenements
do
lye
within
the
limits
or
bounds
of
the
premisses
;
whose
,
and
what
they
are
;
and
to
make
perfect
distinctions
thereof
particularly
.
5.
What
Castles
,
and
other
Mannor
or
Mansion
houses
his
Maiestie
hath
within
the
same
;
in
what
estate
of
reparations
the
same
now
are
and
be
;
and
if
decayed
or
wasted
,
by
whome
the
same
hath
bin
committed
,
&
to
what
value
;
what
demesne
lands
now
are
,
or
heretofore
haue
bin
,
belonging
or
appertaining
to
the
said
Houses
,
and
in
whose
tenure
and
occupation
the
same
now
are
;
by
what
right
or
title
they
clayme
or
challenge
to
hold
;
what
seuerall
rents
they
pay
in
respect
thereof
;
and
what
is
the
true
quantitie
,
qualitie
,
and
yearely
value
of
the
premisses
.
6.
What
Forrests
,
Parks
,
and
Chases
his
Maiestie
hath
within
the
premisses
;
what
number
and
store
of
Game
are
in
them
;
what
Officers
are
thereunto
belonging
;
what
Fees
they
receiue
in
respect
thereof
;
in
what
estate
of
reparations
,
the
Houses
,
Lodges
,
Walls
,
Pales
,
and
Fences
are
;
what
is
the
quantitie
,
qualitie
,
and
yearely
value
thereof
by
the
acre
;
what
Iuistments
,
or
what
Cattell
,
as
Oxen
,
Kyne
,
Horses
,
or
the
like
,
are
vsually
depastured
within
the
same
;
who
hath
the
disposall
thereof
;
and
what
is
the
value
of
a
Beast-gate
there
.
7.
Also
,
what
Moores
,
Marshes
,
Heaths
,
Wasts
,
or
Sheepe-walkes
,
his
Maiestie
hath
of
,
in
,
vpon
,
or
belonging
to
the
premisses
;
what
are
the
seuerall
quantities
thereof
;
how
many
Sheepe
may
be
kept
on
those
walks
;
and
what
is
a
Sheepe-gate
worth
.
8.
He
is
also
to
inquire
,
what
Free-holders
there
are
within
and
belonging
to
the
premisses
;
what
Mannors
,
Messuages
,
Lands
,
or
Tenements
they
hold
thereof
,
and
what
are
their
seuerall
quantities
;
and
likewise
,
by
what
seuerall
tenures
,
rents
,
and
seruices
they
hold
the
same
.
9.
Also
,
what
other
estates
there
are
;
as
tenants
for
terme
of
life
,
or
liues
,
yeares
,
or
at
will
;
what
customarie
or
copy-hold
tenants
,
or
what
other
tenants
there
are
within
the
premisses
;
what
lands
they
do
seuerally
hold
,
and
the
true
quantitie
,
qualitie
,
and
yearely
value
thereof
seuerally
,
and
what
yearely
rents
they
pay
for
the
same
.
10.
Also
,
what
are
the
seuerall
customes
concerning
the
customarie
tenants
;
whether
their
fines
vpon
death
or
alienation
be
certaine
,
or
incertaine
,
and
arbitrable
;
and
if
certaine
,
what
Fines
they
vsually
pay
on
euery
death
or
alienation
of
Lord
or
Tenant
;
and
how
,
and
in
what
manner
,
doe
those
customarie
lands
descend
after
the
death
of
an
ancestor
.
11.
What
Reliefes
,
Heriots
,
Fines
,
or
other
duties
are
payd
,
or
answerable
,
vpon
or
after
the
death
or
alienation
of
any
Freeholder
,
Copy-holder
,
or
other
tenant
within
the
premisses
;
how
and
by
whom
are
they
vsually
collected
and
disposed
of
;
and
what
may
be
the
value
thereof
in
Communibus
annis
.
12.
Whether
any
customarie
tenants
(
whose
lands
are
hariotable
)
haue
seuered
,
aliened
,
diuided
,
or
dismembred
the
same
,
who
hath
the
vse
and
occupation
thereof
,
and
what
are
the
seuerall
quantities
,
qualities
,
and
yeerely
values
of
the
same
.
13.
Also
,
what
are
all
and
euery
the
customes
in
generall
of
,
within
,
or
belonging
to
the
premisses
,
and
how
,
by
what
meanes
or
for
what
cause
,
may
a
copy-holder
or
customarie
tenant
,
forfeit
or
lose
his
customarie
estate
.
14.
What
Commons
there
are
,
of
,
within
,
or
belonging
to
the
premisses
,
whether
stinted
or
vnstinted
;
if
stinted
,
then
how
,
by
what
meanes
,
and
according
to
what
rate
and
proportion
,
how
many
beast-gates
they
contayne
,
the
value
of
each
beast-gate
,
and
the
quantitie
,
qualitie
,
and
value
of
the
whole
.
15.
What
arable
fields
and
meddowes
there
are
,
which
lie
in
common
,
what
are
their
seuerall
names
,
and
of
the
seuerall
furlongs
and
wents
therein
contayned
;
also
how
and
in
what
manner
they
are
kept
and
vsed
;
whether
is
it
lawfull
for
any
tenant
at
his
pleasure
to
inclose
any
part
thereof
,
without
leaue
of
the
Lord
;
how
are
they
imploied
when
the
corne
and
grasse
is
taken
away
,
how
stinted
,
and
what
is
the
eatage
therof
worth
by
the
beast-gate
,
or
sheepe-gate
,
after
the
corne
and
grasse
is
so
taken
off
,
as
aforesaid
.
16.
What
woods
or
wood-grounds
his
Maiestie
hath
within
the
premisses
,
what
grounds
haue
beene
heretofore
wood
,
and
now
conuerted
to
other
vses
,
how
long
since
&
by
whom
,
what
wastes
and
spoiles
haue
beene
had
or
made
of
his
Maiesties
woods
,
how
long
since
,
by
whom
,
and
of
what
value
;
whether
may
any
profit
by
pannage
be
made
orraysed
,
by
,
or
within
the
same
woods
,
and
what
the
profit
or
value
thereof
may
yeerely
be
.
17.
Also
what
tenants
there
are
within
the
premisses
,
who
demise
or
let
any
part
or
parcell
of
their
lands
or
tenements
vnto
vnder-tenants
,
either
for
their
whole
terme
or
any
part
thereof
,
and
what
fines
and
rents
haue
or
doe
they
receiue
for
the
same
.
18.
Likewise
,
what
lands
,
tenements
,
rents
,
seruices
,
or
other
profits
,
are
concealed
or
detayned
from
his
Maiestie
,
how
long
since
,
by
whom
,
and
what
the
yeerely
value
thereof
is
.
19.
What
lands
,
tenements
,
leases
,
or
other
estates
of
,
or
in
the
premisses
,
haue
beene
or
are
escheated
,
or
forfeited
to
his
Maiesty
,
by
whom
,
when
,
for
what
cause
,
and
in
whose
occupation
the
same
now
are
,
and
what
is
the
value
thereof
.
20.
What
fines
,
issues
,
amerciaments
,
perquisites
of
Court
,
heriots
,
waifs
,
strayes
,
felons
goods
,
and
other
casualties
doe
yeerly
accrue
and
grow
vnto
his
Maiestie
out
of
the
premisses
,
by
whom
the
same
is
,
or
hath
beene
collected
,
gathered
,
and
receiued
,
and
what
is
and
hath
beene
the
value
thereof
yeerely
in
communibus
annis
.
21.
Also
what
inclosures
and
Incrochments
haue
beene
heretofore
made
of
,
in
,
or
vpon
any
of
his
Maiesties
commons
,
wastes
,
or
other
grounds
,
how
long
since
▪
by
whom
,
what
rents
are
paid
for
the
same
,
and
what
the
yeerely
value
thereof
is
.
22.
What
Corne-mills
,
Fulling-mills
,
or
other
mills
,
his
Maiestie
hath
within
the
premisses
,
who
hold
the
same
,
what
rents
they
pay
,
what
is
the
yeerly
value
thereof
,
what
customes
are
thereunto
belonging
,
and
in
what
estate
of
reparations
are
all
and
euery
those
Mills
.
23.
What
Markets
and
Fayres
are
there
within
the
premisses
,
on
what
dayes
kept
,
what
tolls
are
belonging
to
the
same
,
by
whom
the
same
is
collected
and
receiued
,
and
what
yeerely
profit
ariseth
thereby
vnto
his
Maiestie
.
24.
Also
what
Warrens
,
Fishings
,
Fowlings
,
Hawking
,
Hunting
,
or
other
Royalties
his
Maiestie
hath
within
the
premisses
,
by
whom
the
same
is
occupied
or
enioyed
,
what
rents
are
yeerely
paid
for
the
same
,
and
what
is
the
yeerely
value
thereof
.
25.
What
quarries
of
stone
,
mines
of
Tinne
,
Lead
,
Cole
,
or
other
mines
his
Maiestie
hath
within
the
premisses
,
who
hath
the
vse
and
occupation
thereof
,
what
rents
they
pay
for
the
same
,
and
what
the
yeerely
value
is
.
26.
What
Mosses
of
peate
or
turffe
,
what
Broome
,
Heath
,
Furze
or
Flagge
,
are
within
the
premisses
,
belonging
to
his
Maiestie
,
what
are
the
rents
and
yeerely
values
thereof
.
27.
What
Aduowsons
,
Patronages
,
Free-gifts
or
presentations
of
Parsonages
,
Vicarages
,
Chappells
or
Prebends
,
or
what
Impropriations
,
are
appendant
or
belonging
to
the
premisses
,
who
is
or
are
the
present
Incumbent
or
Incumbents
,
who
hath
the
vse
of
such
Impropriation
,
what
rent
is
paid
for
the
same
,
and
what
is
the
yeerely
value
thereof
.
28.
Whether
any
Tenant
or
other
person
or
persons
whatsoeuer
haue
plowed
vp
,
cast
downe
,
remoued
or
taken
away
any
meere-stone
,
baulke
,
hedge-row
,
or
land-share
,
betweene
the
demeanes
of
the
premisses
,
and
any
other
messuages
,
lands
,
or
tenements
,
or
between
any
the
freeholds
,
and
the
tenement
or
customary
lands
,
or
betweene
any
of
the
premisses
,
and
the
lands
of
other
Lords
,
by
whom
such
offence
was
committed
,
and
where
,
and
in
what
place
and
places
those
altered
bounders
ought
to
stand
and
remaine
.
29.
Also
what
Officers
his
Maiestie
hath
within
the
premisses
,
what
fees
doe
they
yeerely
receiue
in
respect
thereof
,
what
rents
,
deductions
,
reprises
,
or
other
payments
or
summes
of
money
,
are
yeerly
paid
,
reprised
,
or
issuing
out
of
his
Maiesties
reuennues
of
the
premisses
,
and
to
whom
,
for
what
cause
,
and
to
what
end
and
purpose
are
the
same
so
paid
.
30.
And
lastly
,
the
said
A.
R.
is
to
make
all
and
euery
other
such
further
and
other
inquirie
and
inquisition
of
,
for
,
and
concerning
all
and
euery
such
matters
and
things
whatsoeuer
,
as
in
his
discretion
shall
be
held
fit
and
requisite
,
for
the
better
effecting
and
execution
of
his
Maiesties
seruice
,
in
surueying
of
the
premisses
.
These
Articles
or
the
like
,
being
drawne
and
faire
written
in
Parchment
by
the
Surueyor
(
the
commission
being
to
be
taken
out
of
the
Exchequer
)
a
briefe
warrant
is
to
be
directed
to
one
of
the
Remembrancers
,
and
written
vnder
the
Articles
to
this
effect
.
M.
I.
O.
These
are
to
will
and
require
you
immediately
to
cause
a
Commission
to
bee
made
,
and
directed
to
A.
R.
for
the
suruey
of
his
Maiesties
Honors
,
Lordships
,
and
Mannors
of
A.
and
B.
in
the
Countie
of
C.
and
of
all
Castles
,
Houses
,
Parkes
,
Messuages
,
Lands
,
Tenements
,
and
Hereditaments
,
thereunto
belonging
or
appertayning
;
wherunto
is
to
be
annexed
the
abouementioned
Articles
.
Whereof
fayle
you
not
:
and
these
shall
be
your
warrant
in
this
behalfe
.
From
the
Court
,
&c.
Which
Warrant
is
to
be
signed
by
the
Lord
Treasurer
,
or
Chancellor
of
the
Exchequer
,
and
deliuered
to
the
Remembrancer
accordingly
.
But
if
the
businesse
vnder-taken
,
be
not
for
the
King
,
but
for
a
priuate
man
,
then
in
regard
that
a
Surueyor
hath
no
power
by
any
authoritie
of
Surueyorship
,
to
be
granted
vnto
him
by
any
such
priuate
man
,
to
minister
an
oath
,
or
performe
such
other
duties
as
are
requisite
,
it
is
fitting
either
that
the
Steward
of
the
Mannor
,
which
is
to
be
surueyed
,
ioyne
with
him
,
in
calling
a
Court
Baron
,
and
Court
of
Suruey
,
to
be
there
held
(
wherein
the
Steward
is
to
giue
the
charge
and
to
deliuer
Articles
,
and
minister
oathes
,
aswell
concerning
the
Court
Baron
as
Court
of
Suruey
.
)
Or
otherwise
,
the
Surueyor
is
to
haue
a
commission
,
grant
,
or
deputation
from
the
Lord
of
the
Mannor
vnder
his
hand
and
seale
of
the
office
of
Steward
and
Surueyor
of
his
Mannors
,
Lands
,
and
Tenements
,
for
a
certayne
terme
,
or
during
pleasure
:
And
then
may
the
Surueyor
,
of
himselfe
execute
all
those
offices
and
duties
fit
and
requisite
for
a
Steward
and
Surueyor
,
to
doe
and
performe
.
Which
commission
,
grant
,
or
deputation
,
let
be
thus
,
or
to
the
like
effect
.
OMnibus
ad
quos
hoc
praesens
scriptum
peruenerit
A.
B.
de
C.
Comit.
E.
Armig.
salutem
.
Sciatis
me
praefat.
A.
B.
tam
pro
sincero
amore
&
beneuolentia
qua
iamdudum
affectus
sum
,
erga
A.
R.
de
cuius
prouida
circumspectione
,
pia
sedulitate
,
ac
singulari
in
hac
parie
prudentia
merito
plurimum
confido
,
quam
pro
diuersis
alijs
causis
&
considerationibus
,
ex
mera
&
spontanea
voluntate
mea
dedisse
&
per
praesentes
concessisse
eidem
A.
R.
Officium
Seneschall
.
siue
Seneschalciam
omnium
&
singulorum
Domin
.
Maner
.
&
haereditament
.
meorum
quorumcunque
in
Comit.
F.
&
custod
.
siue
officium
tenendi
omnes
&
omnimodas
Cur.
Baron
.
Letar
.
Vis
.
franc
.
pleg
.
Dominior
.
&
Maner
.
praedict.
&
eorum
cuiuslibet
,
ac
gubernationem
&
superuisionem
eorundem
.
Ac
ipsum
A.
R.
generalem
ac
capital
.
Seneschall
.
ac
Superuisorem
meum
omnium
Curiarum
,
Dominiorum
,
Maneriorum
,
&
haereditament
.
meorum
praedict.
facio
,
constituo
,
&
ordino
per
praesentes
.
Habend
.
tenend
.
gaudend
.
exercend
.
&
occupand
.
Officia
praedict.
cum
pertinentijs
,
à
dat
.
praesentium
durante
bene
placito
meo
.
Mando
insuper
vniuersis
&
singulis
Balliuis
,
Praeposit
.
Firmarijs
,
tenentibus
&
occupatoribus
meis
praemissor
.
&
eorum
cuilibet
,
quod
praefat.
A.
R.
de
tempore
in
tempus
,
assistentes
sint
,
obedientes
,
&
auxiliantes
in
omnibus
prout
decet
durant
.
termin
.
praed.
In
cuius
ret
testimonium
huic
praesenti
scripto
meo
sigillum
meum
apposui
.
Dat.
&c.
Or
to
the
same
purpose
in
English
.
And
being
thus
authorised
,
we
may
now
proceede
.
CHAP.
VIII
.
What
courses
are
first
to
be
held
in
the
beginning
of
a
Suruey
.
COnsidering
how
precious
time
is
,
and
withall
,
how
chargeable
these
imployments
are
to
those
whome
it
concerne
;
it
behooueth
a
Surueyor
(
respecting
his
credit
and
reputation
)
so
to
appoint
and
dispose
of
his
businesse
in
an
orderly
course
,
as
no
time
be
idly
lost
,
or
vainely
spent
therein
.
Wherefore
,
first
let
the
Baylife
of
the
Mannor
be
called
,
and
a
Warrant
or
Precept
directed
and
deliuered
vnto
him
,
to
summon
as
well
a
Court
Baron
(
if
need
require
)
as
a
Court
of
Suruey
;
to
this
,
or
the
like
effect
.
Branton
.
A.
R.
Seneschall
.
&
Superuis
.
Manerij
praed.
Balliuo
eiusdem
,
salutem
:
Tibi
praecipio
pariter
&
mando
,
quod
diligenter
praemonere
facias
omnes
tenentes
infra
Maner
.
praedictum
,
tam
residentes
quam
non
residentes
,
atque
omnes
tenentes
custumarios
Manerij
praedicti
,
quod
sint
coram
me
in
hac
parte
sufficienter
deputato
apud
Branton
pradictam
,
die
Lunae
secundo
die
Septembr
.
proximè
futuro
post
datum
huius
,
Non
solum
ad
faciend.
sectam
suam
ad
Curiam
Baron
.
&
Superuis
.
sed
etiam
ad
producend
.
&
ostendend
.
omnes
Literas
,
Chartas
,
Instrumenta
,
Indentur
.
copias
Cur.
Rotul
.
ac
al.
euidenc
.
vnde
tenere
vendicant
seperal
.
terr.
&
tenement
.
suas
de
Manerio
praedicto
;
&
omnia
alia
quae
eis
incumbent
,
&
pertinebunt
;
&
haec
nullatenus
omittas
,
&
habeas
ibi
hoc
praeceptum
:
Datum
sub
sigillo
meo
vicesimo
quarto
die
Augusti
,
Anno
Regni
&c.
Or
to
the
like
effect
in
English
.
Wherein
let
a
conuenient
time
be
limited
,
as
fiue
or
sixe
daies
at
the
least
after
notice
giuen
for
the
tenants
apparance
,
that
they
may
the
better
prepare
themselues
,
and
be
the
more
inexcusable
,
if
they
happen
to
make
default
.
Then
are
you
to
receiue
from
the
Baylife
all
such
Rentalls
as
he
hath
concerning
his
whole
collection
,
as
well
such
as
are
ancient
,
and
of
former
times
,
as
those
of
his
last
collection
;
which
you
are
diligently
to
compare
together
,
noting
the
difference
:
and
if
the
later
be
lesser
,
then
what
decayes
of
rent
there
are
,
and
how
occasioned
;
if
greater
,
then
what
increment
of
rent
,
and
whereon
raysed
;
which
you
are
carefully
to
note
and
expresse
,
when
you
come
to
ingrosse
your
Rentall
.
Next
would
I
haue
you
to
reduce
your
Rentall
to
an
Alphabeticall
forme
:
wherein
,
vse
all
the
moderne
Tenants
names
;
not
omitting
the
ancient
;
which
will
be
a
great
helpe
for
the
speedie
dispatch
of
your
entries
;
and
the
readie
finding
of
any
Tenants
name
,
or
rent
,
as
you
are
to
vse
them
:
which
would
be
written
thus
,
or
in
the
like
manner
.
-
Atkinson
Thomas
,
late
Brownes
,
—
xx
s.
-
Armstrong
William
,
late
Tomlinsons
,
—
v
s.
-
Bennet
Iohn
,
late
Brights
,
—
xv
s.
-
Branthwait
Edward
,
late
Finches
.
—
xxij
s.
And
in
this
sort
proceed
Alphabetically
with
all
the
whole
Rentall
;
which
is
much
auaileable
,
where
manie
Tenants
are
.
And
hauing
thus
prepared
your
Rentall
in
a
readinesse
,
against
you
haue
occasion
to
vse
it
;
you
are
to
spend
the
residue
of
the
time
,
vntill
the
day
appointed
for
your
Court
,
in
conferring
with
the
Steward
concerning
the
present
estate
of
the
Mannor
;
and
in
diligent
view
and
search
of
the
Lords
Euidences
and
Court
Rolls
;
taking
them
orderly
before
you
,
and
from
yeare
to
yeare
briefely
to
expresse
in
a
Booke
,
for
that
purpose
prouided
,
the
seuerall
Customes
,
Estates
,
Tenures
,
Rents
,
and
Seruices
,
and
all
other
remarkable
things
.
So
shall
you
be
able
fully
to
informe
your selfe
of
the
nature
,
qualitie
,
estate
,
and
condition
thereof
;
and
to
vnderstand
,
what
articles
are
now
most
fit
and
apt
to
be
presented
vnto
your
Homage
,
or
Iurie
,
to
be
inquired
of
,
when
you
haue
giuen
them
their
charge
;
which
you
haue
now
also
fit
opportunitie
to
write
in
a
readinesse
for
them
against
that
time
.
And
these
articles
would
I
haue
to
be
such
as
are
expressed
in
the
last
Chapter
,
or
so
manie
thereof
as
you
hold
fitting
and
necessarie
for
the
purpose
;
and
(
if
need
require
)
to
adde
and
insert
such
others
thereunto
,
as
you
shall
find
meet
and
requisite
,
for
as
much
as
by
the
last
article
annexed
to
your
Commission
,
you
haue
power
and
authoritie
to
make
such
further
and
other
inquisition
,
as
in
your
discretion
shall
seeme
fitting
.
Also
,
now
haue
you
conuenient
time
,
either
to
ride
or
walke
abroad
,
and
to
take
a
respective
view
of
the
situation
and
extent
of
the
Mannor
;
whereby
you
shall
be
able
to
informe
your selfe
,
where
,
how
,
and
in
what
sort
you
may
with
most
conueniencie
begin
,
continue
,
dispose
of
,
and
performe
your
Instrumentall
mensuration
,
either
by
your selfe
or
seruants
,
whome
you
imploy
therein
:
wherein
,
for
manie
respects
,
I
would
haue
nothing
done
or
performed
,
before
the
first
day
of
your
Court
be
past
;
when
as
you
haue
read
and
made
knowne
your
Commission
,
and
settled
an
orderly
course
with
the
tenants
,
for
their
attendance
,
aide
,
and
assistance
in
that
behalfe
.
And
thus
,
and
in
this
like
manner
,
may
you
spend
the
time
to
good
purpose
,
till
your
Court
day
come
.
CHAP.
IX
.
The
order
of
keeping
a
Court
of
Suruey
.
IF
a
Court
Baron
be
kept
with
your
Court
of
Suruey
,
as
is
euer
most
fitting
,
then
are
you
first
to
enter
the
stile
of
the
Court
in
this
manner
.
Branton
.
CVria
Baronis
&
Superuis
.
A.
B.
Armiger
,
ibidem
tent
.
die
Lunae
,
videlicet
secundo
die
Septem.
Anno
Regni
IACOBI
,
Dei
gratia
Angliae
,
Franciae
,
&
Hyberniae
Regis
fidei
defens
.
&c.
xiiij
.
&
Scotiae
50.
tent
.
per
A.
R.
Seneschallum
&
Superuis
.
After
the
stile
of
the
Court
thus
entred
,
you
shall
cause
the
Bayliffe
,
who
serueth
the
Court
,
to
make
Proclamation
by
crying
once
Oyes
,
and
then
shall
you
will
him
to
say
,
thus
;
All
manner
of
persons
,
who
were
summoned
to
appeare
here
this
day
,
to
serue
the
Lord
of
the
Mannor
,
for
his
Court
now
holden
,
draw
neere
and
giue
your
attendance
,
and
euery
one
answere
to
his
name
,
as
he
shall
be
called
,
vpon
the
payne
and
perill
that
may
fall
thereon
.
Then
by
your
Rentall
,
call
them
all
seuerally
by
their
names
,
marking
those
which
are
absent
to
be
amerced
.
Which
done
,
cause
the
Bayliffe
to
make
another
Oyes
,
and
willing
them
to
draw
neere
,
and
keepe
silence
whilst
the
Commission
be
read
;
let
the
same
be
read
vnto
them
,
and
likewise
the
Articles
thereunto
annexed
,
if
it
be
for
the
King.
Then
out
of
those
tenants
which
are
present
,
make
choise
of
the
most
sufficient
for
your
Iurie
,
wherein
your
best
course
is
,
formerly
to
informe
your selfe
,
and
to
take
speciall
notice
,
who
are
most
fitting
for
your
purpose
,
and
to
haue
their
names
readie
written
in
a
paper
by
themselues
,
which
you
may
now
thereby
call
accordingly
.
But
being
for
the
King
,
you
haue
alwayes
a
writ
of
assistance
directed
to
the
Sheriffe
of
the
shire
,
requiring
him
to
returne
you
a
sufficient
Iurie
:
yet
may
you
without
him
by
vertue
of
your
Commission
,
impannell
any
Iurie
at
your
owne
pleasure
.
Then
direct
the
Fore-man
of
the
Iurie
,
to
lay
his
hand
on
the
Booke
,
and
sweare
him
as
followeth
,
or
to
the
like
purpose
.
YOu
shall
diligently
inquire
and
make
true
presentment
of
all
such
matters
,
as
on
the
Lords
behalfe
of
this
Mannor
,
shall
be
giuen
you
in
charge
,
you
shall
neither
for
fauour
,
feare
,
affection
,
or
other
parciall
respect
whatsoeuer
,
forbeare
to
present
what
you
ought
to
finde
,
or
finde
what
you
ought
not
to
present
,
you
shall
herein
keepe
the
Lords
counsell
,
your
owne
,
and
your
fellowes
,
and
in
all
things
according
to
a
sincere
and
vpright
conscience
,
you
shall
present
the
truth
,
the
whole
truth
,
and
nothing
but
the
truth
,
as
by
euidence
and
your
owne
knowledge
you
shall
be
induced
,
to
the
best
of
your
power
,
so
helpe
you
God
,
and
by
the
contents
of
the
Booke
,
which
he
is
to
kisse
.
And
after
the
Fore-man
is
thus
sworne
by
himselfe
,
then
cause
three
or
foure
of
the
rest
of
the
Iurie
,
to
lay
their
right
hands
together
on
the
Booke
,
and
giue
them
their
oath
,
as
followeth
.
THe
same
oath
which
A.
B.
your
Fore-man
before
you
,
for
his
part
,
hath
made
and
taken
,
you
and
euery
of
you
,
for
your
parts
shall
truly
keepe
and
performe
to
the
vttermost
of
your
powers
,
so
helpe
you
God
.
And
cause
them
seuerally
to
kisse
the
Booke
.
And
in
like
manner
sweare
all
the
rest
.
And
all
being
sworne
,
cause
the
Bayliffe
to
number
them
,
as
you
reade
their
names
.
Then
cause
him
also
to
make
the
third
Proclamation
,
and
say
thus
:
All
you
that
be
here
sworne
,
draw
neere
and
hea●e
your
charge
,
and
all
the
rest
keepe
silence
.
Then
make
your
exhortation
,
and
deliuer
the
charge
of
a
Court
Baron
,
after
the
vsuall
manner
.
Which
being
finished
,
you
are
to
addresse
your
speech
vnto
them
,
concerning
the
present
businesse
of
Suruey
,
as
occasion
shall
be
offered
,
whereof
to
prescribe
you
any
forme
or
president
,
were
to
little
purpose
,
seeing
it
is
to
be
framed
and
directed
to
such
ends
and
purposes
,
as
the
present
cause
requires
,
which
you
shall
alwayes
finde
different
and
variable
,
and
therefore
I
refer
the
same
to
your
owne
discretion
,
deeming
you
now
able
and
fitting
sufficiently
to
performe
the
same
in
any
kinde
.
And
then
deliuer
vnto
them
the
Articles
which
you
haue
readie
drawne
,
according
to
the
directions
of
the
last
Chapter
,
which
is
their
charge
concerning
the
businesse
of
Suruey
,
relating
vnto
them
,
that
as
they
receiue
these
Articles
(
whereof
they
are
to
inquire
)
in
writing
,
so
are
they
to
answere
the
same
in
writing
vnder
their
hands
and
seales
particularly
by
a
day
,
now
to
be
limitted
and
appointed
,
which
for
many
reasons
is
most
fitting
to
be
,
about
the
time
of
your
concluding
the
businesse
.
Which
day
is
to
be
expressed
vnder
their
Articles
,
and
your
name
subscribed
thereunto
.
And
now
are
you
to
take
order
,
and
giue
speciall
directions
vnto
all
the
tenants
for
their
attendance
,
aide
,
and
assistance
,
in
your
instrumentall
mensuration
,
appointing
them
by
turnes
,
how
,
when
,
and
where
you
are
to
vse
their
helpe
and
assistance
,
wherein
you
are
to
deale
with
such
discretion
,
as
you
neither
faile
of
their
helpe
,
when
occasion
serueth
,
nor
oppresse
them
with
grieuance
by
their
ouer-much
attendance
.
And
hauing
thus
farre
proceeded
,
the
rest
of
this
day
may
be
spent
in
entering
their
seuerall
deedes
,
euidences
,
and
estates
,
in
manner
as
shall
be
hereafter
declared
.
But
before
you
discharge
the
tenants
,
you
are
to
consider
(
according
to
the
number
of
them
)
in
what
time
or
how
many
dayes
,
you
shall
be
able
to
enter
their
estates
,
and
if
they
consist
of
diuers
Towneships
,
as
large
and
spacious
Lordships
vsually
doe
;
then
your
best
course
is
to
appoint
them
seuerall
dayes
for
their
attendance
,
and
bringing
in
of
their
euidence
by
seuerall
Towneships
,
for
it
would
be
no
lesse
troublesome
to
your selfe
,
then
distastefull
to
the
tenants
,
to
require
their
generall
and
daily
attendance
vntill
the
businesse
were
wholly
finished
.
And
now
may
you
aiourne
the
Court
vnto
the
next
day
,
(
or
such
other
time
as
you
thinke
fitting
)
by
causing
the
Bayliffe
to
make
proclamation
to
that
purpose
,
and
the
like
from
time
to
time
,
till
you
haue
ended
your
businesse
.
The
next
day
you
may
beginne
your
mensuration
in
the
fields
,
either
by
your selfe
or
those
whom
you
imploy
to
that
purpose
,
according
to
the
instructions
of
the
third
Booke
.
But
it
were
fitting
for
your
owne
part
to
be
imployed
in
entering
of
the
tenants
estates
,
vntill
you
haue
finished
,
or
you
may
spend
such
time
therein
,
as
when
the
weather
is
not
fitting
to
stirre
abroad
,
or
in
the
mornings
and
euenings
,
as
you
shall
finde
meetest
for
your
purpose
.
CHAP.
X.
The
order
and
manner
of
entering
the
Tenants
euidence
,
and
their
seuerall
estates
.
FIrst
,
it
is
to
be
considered
,
that
most
Mannors
(
as
if
formerly
spoken
)
consist
of
diuers
Towneships
or
particular
parts
,
and
the
tenancie
of
those
Towneships
of
diuers
estates
,
as
Freeholds
,
Copy-holds
,
&c.
Wherefore
,
I
hold
it
sitting
and
an
orderly
course
,
that
not
only
euery
of
those
Towneships
,
but
the
seuerall
estates
therein
,
be
entered
and
taken
seuerally
and
particularly
by
themselues
,
that
is
,
all
of
one
and
the
same
Towneship
and
estate
vnder
one
and
the
same
title
,
for
auoyding
of
confusion
.
As
,
suppose
you
are
to
suruey
the
Mannor
of
Branton
,
which
consisteth
of
these
seuerall
Towneships
or
parts
,
Branton
,
Bodley
,
and
Sutton
,
and
within
those
Towneships
,
are
diuers
tenants
,
holding
their
lands
by
seuerall
estates
,
as
Free-hold
,
Copy-hold
,
&c.
Then
would
I
haue
you
make
your
seuerall
entries
vnder
those
seuerall
titles
whereunto
they
properly
belong
,
as
vnder
the
title
of
Branton
towneship
Freehold
,
enter
all
those
which
are
of
that
Towneship
,
and
of
that
nature
:
and
vnder
the
title
of
Branton
towneship
Copy-hold
,
enter
all
the
Copy-holds
of
that
towneship
,
and
the
like
of
all
the
rest
.
And
these
entries
I
would
haue
made
in
loose
sheets
of
paper
at
large
,
keeping
them
alwayes
sorted
,
according
to
the
seuerall
Towneships
and
estates
,
till
you
haue
finished
all
your
entries
,
and
then
to
file
them
together
orderly
in
a
Booke
,
each
Towneship
following
other
.
In
which
seuerall
entries
obserue
this
course
▪
hauing
written
your
title
as
before
,
in
the
head
or
top
of
the
sheet
,
then
enter
the
tenants
name
,
and
the
very
words
of
grant
,
as
they
are
in
his
Deede
,
Copy
,
or
Leafe
,
which
is
to
be
written
from
the
margent
the
whole
bredth
of
the
sheet
,
leauing
only
towards
the
right
hand
a
space
,
wherein
is
to
be
expressed
the
rents
,
and
seruices
,
and
in
the
margent
alwayes
expresse
the
tenure
.
And
considering
,
that
in
few
or
no
Deedes
,
Euidences
,
Copies
,
or
Leases
,
the
lands
are
particularly
expressed
by
particular
names
,
closes
,
and
quantities
,
as
the
tenant
now
holdeth
the
same
,
and
as
you
shall
find
them
in
your
instrumentall
mensuration
;
hauing
entred
the
effect
of
the
Deed
,
Copie
,
or
Lease
,
according
to
the
purport
thereof
:
it
is
fitting
to
question
with
the
tenant
,
what
seuerall
parcels
he
holdeth
,
for
and
vnder
the
seruices
and
rents
contained
in
euerie
Deed
,
Copie
,
or
Lease
particularly
;
as
,
what
Meadow
,
what
Arable
,
what
Pasture
,
and
their
seuerall
names
and
quantities
,
as
he
esteemeth
them
;
and
if
he
know
not
what
acres
they
containe
(
as
most
tenants
will
seeme
ignorant
thereof
)
let
him
expresse
of
his
Meadow
how
many
daies
mowing
,
of
his
Arable
how
many
daies
plowing
,
and
of
his
Pasture
how
many
Beast-gates
,
and
the
like
:
for
although
it
be
not
greatly
materiall
for
these
their
giuen
quantities
,
in
respect
you
measure
euery
particular
;
yet
this
kind
of
entrie
will
serue
you
to
good
purpose
,
as
shall
hereafter
appeare
.
Also
,
you
are
to
question
him
concerning
his
Pastures
,
as
well
those
in
seuerall
,
as
the
Pastures
in
common
,
what
euery
Beast-gate
is
worth
by
the
yeare
in
euery
of
them
seuerally
;
whereof
you
may
otherwise
also
informe
your selfe
,
lest
you
be
deceiued
.
The
forme
of
which
entries
let
be
in
this
manner
.
BRANTON
Towne-ship
Free-hold
.
Socage
,
ANTHONIE
BORNE
holdeth
freely
to
him
and
his
heires
for
euer
,
by
deed
indented
,
bearing
date
14.
die
Ianuarij
,
Anno
Reg.
Reginae
Elizabeth
.
&c.
30.
made
and
graunted
by
and
from
WILLIAM
BATEMAN
,
of
&c.
All
that
Mesuage
or
Tenement
(
expressing
the
verie
words
of
Graunt
)
On
which
Graunt
is
there
a
deed
of
Feoffement
of
the
same
date
,
with
liuerie
of
seisin
thereon
past
accordingly
;
by
the
yearely
rents
and
seruices
of
Fealtie
,
&
iij.
s.
Particular
.
-
THe
mansion-house
,
out-houses
,
and
scite
,
consisting
of
two
Orchards
,
three
Gardens
,
and
two
Yards
or
Garths
.
containing
together
—
3.
r.
;
-
A
Close
of
Meadow
,
called
Broad
Meade
,
containing
—
10.
a.
-
Another
called
White-thorne
close
,
containing
—
8.
a.
-
Meadow
in
the
common
Meadow
,
called
Long
meade
,
three
parcels
containing
—
12.
d.
-
A
Close
of
Arable
,
called
Bennets
,
containing
—
7.
a.
-
Another
of
Arable
,
called
the
High
Close
,
—
15.
a.
-
Arable
in
the
South
field
,
in
six
parcels
,
which
containe
all
together
—
4.
a.
3.
r.
-
Arable
in
the
North
field
,
fiue
parcels
containing
—
6.
2.
2.
1.
-
One
Close
of
Pasture
,
called
the
Oxe
Pasture
,
containing
30.
beast
.
gates
,
at
13.
s.
4.
d.
le
gate
,
—
30.
gates
.
-
Another
called
the
Calfe
Close
,
containing
12.
beast-gates
,
at
8.
s.
le
gate
,
—
12.
gates
.
-
In
the
great
common
Moore
,
at
2.
s.
8.
d.
le
gate
,
—
20.
gates
.
-
In
the
common
Cow-pastures
,
at
6.
s.
8.
d.
le
gate
,
—
10.
gates
.
-
On
the
Downes
depasturing
,
for
150.
sheepe
,
at
3.d.
le
gate
,
—
150.
gates
.
-
Common
sans
stint
on
the
Moores
.
And
in
this
order
,
and
vnder
this
Title
,
enter
all
the
Free-holds
within
the
Towne-ship
of
BRANTON
:
But
withall
,
obserue
this
course
in
all
your
entries
;
that
these
particulars
,
in
the
entring
of
them
thus
in
your
rough
Booke
,
exceed
not
,
nor
extend
past
halfe
the
breadth
of
euerie
sheet
or
leafe
,
or
little
further
,
because
directly
after
the
seuerall
contents
,
before
specified
,
there
is
particularly
to
be
expressed
afterwards
,
the
true
quantities
of
euery
parcell
found
by
measure
;
and
after
that
,
the
seuerall
and
particular
yearely
values
thereof
,
as
shall
be
hereafter
shewne
.
In
like
manner
,
let
your
tenants
for
life
or
liues
,
in
euerie
Towne-ship
,
be
entred
vnder
their
due
and
seuerall
titles
thus
.
BODLEY
Towne-ship
for
liues
.
THOMAS
HOCKLEY
holdeth
by
Indenture
,
bearing
date
23.
die
Nouembr
.
Anno
Reg.
Reginae
Elizabeth
.
32.
made
and
graunted
by
and
from
A.
B.
All
that
Mesuage
or
Tenement
(
vsing
the
words
of
Graunt
)
for
the
terme
of
the
naturall
liues
of
the
said
THOMAS
HOCKLEY
now
aged
50.
yeares
;
of
IANE
his
wife
now
aged
42.
yeares
,
and
IOHN
their
sonne
now
aged
30.
yeares
,
successiuely
each
after
other
:
and
payeth
rent
per
annum
—
xx
.
s.
Particular
.
ANd
here
write
the
particulars
in
forme
as
before
.
Then
vnder
the
foot
of
those
particulars
make
a
briefe
Memorandum
of
such
necessarie
obseruations
as
are
to
be
noted
,
thus
.
There
is
due
vnto
the
Lord
on
the
death
of
euery
of
them
dying
tenant
in
possession
,
the
best
Beast
Nomine
Heriot
.
The
tenant
is
to
pay
his
rent
quarterly
,
or
within
one
and
twentie
dayes
,
on
paine
of
xx
.
s.
Nomine
poenae
;
or
within
fortie
dayes
,
on
paine
of
forfeiture
by
prouiso
.
To
doe
all
manner
of
reparations
(
except
great
tymber
.
)
Not
to
let
the
whole
,
or
any
part
,
without
the
Lords
licence
.
The
Lord
warranteth
the
premisses
against
him
and
his
heires
.
And
the
like
notes
may
be
expressed
vnder
all
your
other
entries
.
Where
note
,
that
speciall
care
is
to
be
alwayes
had
in
the
entrance
of
these
grants
for
liues
,
whether
they
are
all
ioynt
purchasers
,
as
all
named
in
the
words
of
grant
,
or
whether
only
granted
to
one
during
all
their
liues
;
wherein
there
is
great
difference
;
which
is
to
bee
noted
,
and
the
verie
words
of
grant
to
be
euer
precisely
expressed
in
your
entries
as
before
.
As
concerning
your
Copihold
Tenants
let
them
be
entred
thus
.
SVTTON
Town-ship
Copi-holds
.
W.
B.
holdeth
the
Copie
of
Court
roll
bearing
date
viij
.
die
Iunij
Anno
Regni
Regis
IACOBI
Angliae
iij.
of
the
surrender
of
C.
D.
One
messuage
or
tenement
(
according
to
the
words
of
the
Copie
)
late
E.
F.
and
before
that
G.
H.
To
him
and
his
heires
at
the
will
of
the
Lord
according
to
the
custome
of
the
Mannor
.
For
which
he
payd
fine
XLs.
And
payeth
rent
per
annum
.
XXX
s.
Particular
.
Then
write
your
particular
as
before
:
and
after
that
such
briefe
Memorandums
as
you
shall
finde
fitting
,
according
to
the
former
directions
in
that
behalfe
.
And
the
like
course
are
you
to
holde
with
Tenants
for
terme
of
yeeres
,
and
at
will
;
and
all
the
rest
:
vntill
you
haue
fully
finished
all
your
entries
.
Then
place
all
your
leaues
in
order
;
and
if
you
bee
assured
that
all
are
entered
(
which
will
easily
appeare
by
your
Rentall
,
if
you
alwayes
crosse
the
same
,
as
you
enter
them
seuerally
)
then
write
a
new
Rentall
according
to
this
your
rough
Booke
,
and
ioyne
the
same
to
the
beginning
of
your
Booke
,
and
file
all
together
;
But
let
your
Rentall
bee
alphabeticall
;
or
else
if
your
booke
be
verie
large
,
make
an
alphabeticall
Index
or
Table
of
all
the
Tenants
names
,
to
be
placed
in
the
beginning
of
the
Booke
,
before
the
Rental
,
with
numbers
of
reference
to
the
number
of
leaues
;
whereby
instantly
you
may
turne
to
any
Tenants
name
therein
as
you
shall
haue
occasion
to
vse
the
same
.
And
thus
haue
you
finished
with
the
Tenants
concerning
their
seuerall
entries
;
but
haue
not
yet
fully
perfected
your
rough
Book
;
whereby
you
may
be
able
to
ingrosse
the
same
.
Wherefore
proceed
therein
as
is
taught
in
the
next
.
CHAP.
XI
.
The
meanes
and
order
of
perfecting
the
Booke
of
entries
last
mentioned
,
and
the
due
placing
therein
of
the
seuerall
contents
of
euerie
particular
found
by
measure
through
the
whole
Mannor
,
with
the
valuation
thereof
.
WE
are
now
to
suppose
before
wee
beginne
this
worke
,
that
not
onely
all
the
Instrumental
mensuration
throughout
the
whole
Mannor
is
finished
;
but
also
the
first
plot
drawne
;
and
the
seuerall
contents
thereof
cast
vp
,
and
expressed
therein
;
with
the
proper
and
particular
numbers
,
seuerally
belonging
thereunto
,
according
to
the
instructions
of
the
Third
Booke
.
Which
being
effected
,
we
are
first
to
make
an
Index
or
alphabetical
Table
of
al
the
Tenants
names
;
wherunto
is
to
be
added
the
Lords
and
the
Parsons
,
the
one
for
Demesnes
,
the
other
for
gleabe
;
which
Index
is
thus
to
bee
composed
.
If
one
sheet
of
paper
will
not
serue
,
you
are
to
take
two
,
three
or
more
,
and
with
mouth-glue
fasten
them
end
to
end
,
making
thereof
a
long
scrole
or
schedule
of
the
bredth
of
the
whole
sheet
.
And
with
a
small
margent
towards
the
left
hand
,
let
it
from
thence
be
ruled
with
blacke
or
red
Inke
ouerthwart
the
whole
paper
,
of
the
distance
of
lines
in
ordinarie
writing
;
betweene
which
lines
downe
by
the
same
left
margent
write
all
the
Tenants
names
each
vnder
other
alphabetically
,
leauing
all
the
rest
of
the
ruled
Paper
to
be
thus
imployed
.
First
,
take
your
Field-booke
,
and
beginning
where
you
first
beganne
your
worke
in
the
fields
,
take
all
the
numbers
before
you
expressed
in
the
margent
thereof
,
as
appeareth
in
Chap.
10.3
.
and
noting
to
what
Tenants
name
they
belong
in
your
Field-booke
,
against
the
same
name
place
them
in
your
Index
betweene
the
ruled
lines
;
whereby
you
shall
speedily
expresse
and
reduce
the
seuerall
numbers
representing
the
seuerall
fields
and
closes
throughout
the
whole
Mannor
against
euery
mans
name
in
the
Index
to
whom
they
properly
belong
.
Then
take
your
common
Field-booke
(
mentioned
in
Chap.
40.3
.
and
with
it
performe
the
like
;
but
make
a
stroke
or
other
marke
for
distinction
betweene
these
and
the
former
numbers
;
so
haue
you
also
euerie
mans
particular
parcels
lying
in
the
common
fields
expressed
against
his
name
.
And
thus
is
your
Index
perfect
and
fit
to
be
imployed
as
followeth
.
Take
now
your
rough
Booke
of
entries
,
and
turne
to
the
first
Tenants
particular
therein
entred
;
and
looke
in
your
Index
what
numbers
are
belonging
to
that
Tenant
;
also
take
your
Field-booke
,
and
comparing
those
numbers
in
your
Index
with
the
same
in
the
margent
of
your
Field-booke
,
you
shall
find
therein
the
seuerall
names
of
the
fields
and
closes
belonging
to
that
Tenant
;
and
the
like
names
shall
you
find
in
your
Booke
of
entries
,
in
that
Tenants
particular
:
wherefore
expresse
those
seuerall
numbers
against
euerie
particular
parcell
in
the
margent
of
your
entries
,
whereunto
they
properly
belong
:
and
the
like
performe
in
all
respects
with
your
common
field-booke
,
for
those
parcels
lying
in
the
common
fields
.
Then
lay
your
rough
plot
before
you
,
and
finding
those
seuerall
numbers
in
your
plot
,
note
the
seuerall
content
and
quantitie
of
euery
seuerall
parcell
of
ground
,
expressed
in
the
plot
represented
by
those
numbers
;
and
those
quantities
expresse
and
write
downe
in
figures
particularly
in
your
booke
of
entries
,
to
euery
parcell
whereunto
they
belong
next
after
the
quantities
deliuered
by
the
tenant
.
As
for
the
particular
quantities
in
the
common
fields
,
you
shall
not
find
them
in
the
plot
,
but
in
your
common
field-booke
,
according
to
the
direction
thereof
in
Chap.
40.3
.
before
recited
;
which
let
thereby
be
expressed
accordingly
.
And
the
like
course
in
all
respects
is
to
be
holden
with
all
other
the
entries
throughout
your
whole
booke
.
But
it
is
to
be
considered
,
that
one
tenant
may
within
this
Mannor
hold
lands
of
seuerall
estates
,
and
by
seuerall
rents
and
seruices
,
as
Free-hold
,
Copy-hold
,
Tenement
Lands
,
&c.
yet
are
they
all
comprised
and
represented
within
and
by
those
numbers
expressed
in
the
Index
.
In
such
case
you
are
to
compare
these
numbers
with
the
particular
names
expressed
in
your
field-booke
,
and
those
with
the
entries
;
and
you
shall
most
easily
distinguish
the
one
from
the
other
,
and
expresse
and
assigne
to
euery
of
them
their
due
and
proper
number
and
quantitie
,
as
before
.
Also
,
it
is
here
to
be
considered
,
that
we
haue
not
yet
spoken
of
any
means
to
expresse
each
mans
particular
quantitie
in
the
common
stinted
pastures
,
or
sheepe-walkes
,
whereof
onely
the
generall
quantitie
is
taken
by
measure
,
and
expressed
in
the
plot
.
Which
to
performe
,
worke
thus
.
Suppose
there
is
in
the
Mannor
a
stinted
Cow-pasture
,
wherein
euery
tenant
hath
a
certaine
number
of
Beast-gates
,
some
more
,
and
some
lesse
,
which
are
vsually
rated
and
stinted
,
either
according
to
their
rents
,
or
after
their
quantities
of
knowne
grounds
,
or
their
parts
in
the
common
arable
fields
:
and
imagine
this
pasture
is
found
to
containe
by
measure
212.
Acres
,
3.
Roods
,
20.
Perches
;
first
,
collect
out
of
your
entries
all
the
number
of
gates
in
the
same
pasture
;
which
added
together
,
let
containe
in
the
whole
116.
Then
reduce
your
measured
quantitie
into
the
lowest
denomination
,
as
Perches
(
according
to
the
directions
of
Chap.
48.3
.
)
whereby
you
shall
find
the
same
to
be
34060.
Perches
:
and
supposing
the
tenant
,
whose
quantitie
you
seeke
,
hath
in
the
same
pasture
10.
beast-gates
;
by
the
rule
of
proportion
reason
thus
.
If
116.
the
whole
number
of
beast-gates
,
giue
34060.
Perches
,
the
whole
quantitie
,
what
giues
10.
gates
;
and
by
increasing
34060.
by
10.
and
parting
the
product
by
116.
your
answer
will
be
2936.
Perches
,
and
a
small
quantitie
more
,
the
proportionall
quantitie
belonging
to
10.
gates
;
which
reduced
into
acres
(
by
Chap.
48.3
.
before
recited
)
is
18.
Acres
,
1.
Rood
,
16.
Perches
.
And
in
like
manner
worke
with
all
the
rest
.
And
here
is
to
be
noted
,
that
hauing
thus
gotten
the
proportionall
quantitie
belonging
to
a
beast-gate
,
and
truely
vnderstanding
the
value
of
a
beast-gate
,
you
shall
be
able
at
pleasure
,
and
most
certainely
,
to
expresse
by
the
acre
the
true
yearely
value
thereof
.
And
thus
haue
you
perfected
your
entries
,
for
the
true
and
certaine
quantities
,
according
to
measure
;
and
now
resteth
the
valuation
.
The
best
,
speediest
,
and
most
certaine
meanes
for
your
valuation
,
in
mine
opinion
,
is
thus
:
Let
it
first
be
considered
,
that
all
grounds
generally
consist
in
qualitie
of
these
three
kinds
,
Meadow
,
Arable
,
and
Pasture
;
and
supposing
euery
of
these
kinds
likewise
to
consist
of
three
sorts
in
value
and
goodnesse
;
as
the
first
and
best
sort
;
the
second
and
meane
;
and
the
third
and
worst
sort
:
In
your
instrumentall
mensuration
,
when
you
write
in
your
field-booke
the
title
of
euery
field
or
close
,
consider
with
your selfe
,
which
of
those
three
sorts
the
same
field
or
close
consisteth
of
;
if
of
the
best
sort
,
expresse
in
some
place
of
your
title
the
figure
1.
if
of
the
second
sort
,
the
figure
2.
and
if
of
the
third
and
worst
sort
,
the
figure
3.
and
hauing
informed
your selfe
by
the
best
meanes
you
can
(
which
I
hold
not
fitting
here
to
relate
)
of
the
generall
value
,
what
the
best
sort
of
Meadow
,
Arable
,
and
Pasture
,
is
worth
by
the
acre
,
and
the
like
of
the
other
sorts
,
throughout
the
whole
Mannor
;
then
,
according
to
those
rates
,
passe
ouer
your
whole
booke
of
entries
,
and
value
euery
particular
parcell
by
it selfe
;
which
,
by
finding
in
each
title
of
your
field-booke
of
what
sort
they
are
,
is
most
speedily
and
exactly
performed
.
And
thus
are
your
entries
thus
farre
perfected
.
But
yet
,
before
we
proceed
to
the
ingrossing
hereof
,
or
rather
before
wee
finish
with
the
tenants
concerning
their
entries
,
it
is
to
be
enquired
and
considered
,
what
other
profits
and
commodities
,
besides
these
lands
and
tenements
,
are
demised
and
granted
by
the
Lord
to
any
tenant
within
the
Mannor
for
yearely
rent
,
or
otherwise
;
which
likewise
are
to
be
entred
and
expressed
in
your
rough
booke
,
with
the
rents
and
yearely
values
thereof
:
as
Mynes
of
Tynne
,
Lead
,
Copper
,
Coale
,
&c.
Quarries
of
Stone
,
Fishing
,
Fowling
,
Hawking
,
and
Hunting
,
Iuistments
,
Herbage
,
and
Pannage
,
free
Warrens
,
Customarie
workes
,
or
Seruices
,
profits
of
Fayres
and
Markets
,
and
mosses
of
Peat
or
Turfe
;
all
or
any
of
which
,
and
the
like
,
may
be
within
a
Mannor
,
and
disposed
and
letten
for
yearely
rents
,
which
by
no
meanes
are
to
be
omitted
.
All
which
premisses
,
and
the
seuerall
quantities
,
rents
,
and
values
thereof
,
are
here
to
be
summed
vp
,
and
their
seuerall
totals
expressed
.
Then
are
you
to
expresse
the
seuerall
reprises
issuing
out
of
this
Mannor
,
being
such
as
are
mentioned
in
the
sixt
Chapter
of
this
Booke
.
All
which
being
likewise
summed
vp
,
the
totall
thereof
is
to
be
deducted
from
the
former
value
,
and
the
cleare
remainder
expressed
.
Next
are
you
to
consider
,
if
any
of
those
profits
and
commodities
,
last
before
named
,
or
the
like
,
are
within
this
Mannor
,
and
not
letten
by
lease
,
or
otherwise
,
for
any
certaine
yearely
rent
;
and
if
any
such
be
,
then
are
they
to
be
here
mentioned
and
expressed
as
casualties
,
and
the
yearely
value
thereof
estimated
,
what
they
may
or
are
likely
to
proue
worth
by
the
yeare
.
Also
,
the
names
and
quantities
of
the
common
Fields
,
common
Meadowes
,
stinted
Pastures
,
and
all
other
vnstinted
Commons
,
are
here
to
be
expressed
;
and
of
those
vnstinted
Commons
,
how
they
are
accustomed
,
held
,
and
occupied
;
whether
peculiar
to
the
Lord
and
tenants
of
this
Mannor
;
or
whether
any
other
Lord
or
Lords
,
and
their
tenants
,
haue
rake
,
escape
,
eatage
,
or
other
interest
therein
;
and
the
butts
,
bounds
,
and
limits
thereof
seuerally
.
Also
,
what
woods
and
vnderwoods
are
within
the
Mannor
,
and
their
seuerall
values
.
Then
would
there
be
entred
an
abstract
,
in
nature
of
a
Custome-roll
,
shewing
briefely
all
the
ancient
customes
of
and
belonging
to
the
Mannor
.
And
also
a
Suit-roll
of
all
the
free
suitors
,
&c.
And
lastly
,
a
true
and
perfect
description
of
all
the
out-bounds
and
limits
of
the
whole
Mannor
.
And
hauing
thus
perfected
your
rough
Booke
,
you
may
now
call
your
Iurie
,
and
receiue
their
verdict
,
as
in
the
next
.
CHAP.
XII
.
The
manner
and
order
of
receiuing
the
Juries
verdict
,
and
the
courses
therein
to
be
obserued
.
WHen
you
are
drawing
towards
a
conclusion
of
perfecting
your
Booke
,
according
to
the
directions
of
the
last
Chapter
;
it
were
not
amisse
,
that
you
hasten
the
Iurie
,
in
perfecting
their
verdict
,
lest
you
be
forced
to
spend
time
idly
in
attendance
for
the
same
:
Which
when
they
haue
effected
,
considering
,
that
for
the
most
part
they
are
vnacquainted
with
matter
of
forme
,
though
in
effect
and
substance
they
may
answer
your
desire
and
expectation
,
according
to
the
articles
deliuered
vnto
them
;
you
are
to
call
them
before
you
,
and
reading
,
examining
,
and
comparing
the
articles
,
with
their
seuerall
and
particular
answeres
thereunto
,
reduce
the
same
into
an
orderly
forme
of
an
Inquisition
,
obseruing
still
the
substance
of
what
they
haue
found
and
presented
:
and
then
hauing
read
the
same
vnto
them
,
with
their
approbation
and
allowance
thereof
,
cause
your
Clarke
to
ingrosse
the
same
accordingly
in
parchment
,
and
then
let
them
againe
consider
thereof
;
and
hauing
set
their
hands
and
seales
thereunto
,
demaund
of
them
,
if
they
are
mutually
agreed
on
this
their
verdict
;
which
when
they
haue
acknowledged
,
receiue
the
same
from
the
Fore-man
,
and
dismisse
your
Court.
And
here
haue
you
finished
what
here
need
to
be
performed
:
and
now
may
you
leaue
the
Mannor
of
BRANTON
;
and
repairing
homewards
,
may
there
perfect
your
plot
,
as
you
are
formerly
directed
by
the
third
Booke
;
and
ingrosse
your
Suruey
,
as
is
hereafter
declared
in
the
next
.
CHAP.
XIII
.
The
forme
and
order
of
ingrossing
a
Suruey
.
TO
prescribe
and
direct
one
certaine
and
setled
forme
and
course
herein
for
all
in
generall
,
were
impossible
,
in
respect
of
the
varietie
of
occasions
offered
,
according
to
the
nature
of
the
businesse
,
and
the
disposition
of
those
for
whome
the
same
is
performed
:
wherefore
,
the
performance
hereof
must
mainely
depend
vpon
the
iudgement
,
skill
,
and
discretion
of
the
Surueyor
.
For
mine
owne
part
,
I
neuer
yet
for
any
two
Lordships
or
Mannors
limitted
my selfe
to
one
and
the
same
forme
;
but
euer
framed
my
course
as
the
cause
required
:
as
in
one
Mannor
,
where
I
find
a
commixture
of
other
lands
and
tenements
within
the
same
,
being
holden
of
other
Lords
;
here
of
necessitie
must
I
abutt
and
bound
euery
seuerall
particular
thereof
:
but
in
another
,
which
I
find
entire
,
I
hold
it
needlesse
.
Againe
,
I
find
in
one
Mannor
diuers
and
seuerall
Towne-ships
and
parts
,
and
those
to
consist
of
seuerall
estates
and
tenures
;
in
such
case
,
these
are
to
be
seuerally
distinguished
and
diuided
,
according
to
their
seuerall
parts
.
Another
shall
you
find
sole
and
entire
,
which
is
to
be
ordered
accordingly
:
and
many
other
such
like
differences
shal
you
find
,
which
will
minister
occasion
to
alter
any
setled
forme
.
Besides
,
the
will
and
disposition
of
him
by
whom
you
are
imployed
,
shall
often
cause
you
to
alter
your
course
:
one
perhaps
approuing
of
the
forme
you
vse
;
another
will
haue
it
in
the
nature
of
your
ancient
Terrars
;
a
third
,
in
order
of
a
Particular
,
or
Constat
;
and
a
fourth
,
it
may
be
,
in
a
fourth
forme
;
for
Quot
homines
,
tot
sententiae
.
And
againe
,
one
,
for
his
owne
vnderstanding
,
will
haue
it
in
English
;
and
another
,
of
better
vnderstanding
,
will
require
it
in
Latine
.
And
certainely
it
were
very
requisite
,
although
your
rough
booke
be
drawne
in
English
,
that
alwaies
your
ingrossed
booke
be
written
in
Latine
;
vnlesse
the
contrarie
be
specially
required
.
Yet
in
these
mine
examples
and
directions
following
,
I
hold
it
most
fitting
to
deliuer
the
same
in
English
,
for
the
better
vnderstanding
of
those
who
haue
most
need
;
considering
,
that
a
reasonable
Surueyor
may
be
lame
of
that
legge
.
But
notwithstanding
such
varieties
often
happen
;
yet
will
we
for
a
generalitie
propose
these
rules
and
directions
following
;
which
I
hold
most
meet
and
fitting
to
be
obserued
and
held
in
a
formall
and
well
ordered
Suruey
.
To
which
purpose
,
let
vs
now
suppose
wee
are
to
ingrosse
a
Suruey
of
the
Mannor
of
BRANTON
;
according
to
the
rough
booke
thereof
,
specified
in
the
tenth
Chapter
of
this
Booke
;
wherein
first
begin
with
the
title
,
which
let
be
thus
,
or
to
the
like
effect
.
An
exact
and
perfect
Suruey
and
view
of
the
Mannor
of
BRANTON
,
in
the
Countie
of
D.
being
parcell
of
the
possessions
of
A.
B.
who
holdeth
the
same
of
our
Soueraigne
Lord
the
King
,
as
of
his
Mannor
of
G.
in
free
and
common
Socage
,
and
by
the
yearely
rent
of
xiij
.
s.
iiij
.
d.
Had
,
made
,
and
taken
there
,
as
well
by
Inquisition
,
and
the
oathes
of
a
sufficient
Iurie
in
that
behalfe
,
as
by
the
view
and
particular
mensuration
of
all
and
euery
the
Messuages
,
Lands
,
and
Tenements
,
of
,
within
,
and
belonging
to
the
same
.
Anno
Domini
1616.
Annoque
Regni
Regis
IACOBI
,
Angliae
,
&c.
14.
By
A.
R.
Superuis
.
NExt
after
this
,
or
the
like
Title
,
in
the
following
leafe
,
are
you
to
write
and
expresse
and
Index
or
Alphabeticall
Table
of
all
the
Tenants
names
(
as
hath
beene
formerly
taught
)
with
numbers
of
reference
against
each
name
,
in
what
leafe
or
leaues
of
the
Booke
each
Tenants
particular
is
to
be
found
:
But
notwithstanding
,
this
Index
is
to
be
placed
in
your
Booke
first
and
next
after
the
Title
;
yet
is
it
most
conuenient
and
fitting
,
to
collect
and
write
the
same
(
and
also
the
Rentall
next
hereafter
following
)
after
the
whole
Booke
be
ingrossed
;
before
which
time
,
you
shall
not
know
how
to
place
your
numbers
of
reference
therein
,
according
to
the
number
of
the
leaues
.
Then
after
this
let
next
be
placed
a
generall
rentall
of
the
whole
Mannor
,
but
to
be
diuided
into
such
towneships
and
parts
,
as
your
Booke
is
diuided
into
;
wherein
first
expresse
your
rents
of
such
demesnes
,
as
are
letten
in
lease
,
then
the
rents
and
seruices
of
your
free-holds
of
inheritance
.
Thirdly
,
of
your
customarie
or
copy-hold
tenants
.
Fourthly
,
of
the
tenants
for
life
or
liues
.
Fiftly
,
of
those
for
terme
of
yeeres
:
and
sixtly
and
lastly
,
your
tenants
at
will
,
wherein
let
euery
of
these
beare
their
seuerall
titles
,
and
vnder
the
foot
of
each
kinde
,
let
the
totall
thereof
be
collected
and
expressed
,
and
in
the
end
or
foot
of
the
whole
rentall
,
expresse
first
the
totall
of
euery
kinde
,
and
after
that
the
generall
and
totall
summe
of
all
together
.
And
if
any
rents
or
other
reprises
be
issuing
out
of
this
Mannor
,
you
may
here
expresse
them
particularly
vnder
the
title
of
reprises
,
which
let
be
deducted
out
of
the
former
totall
,
and
expresse
the
cleere
remainder
.
And
thus
is
our
Rentall
finished
;
but
to
be
collected
and
written
(
as
I
formerly
noted
)
after
the
bodie
and
substance
of
the
Booke
be
ingrossed
.
And
your
rentall
being
thus
finished
,
you
may
next
place
(
if
you
please
)
the
out-bounder
of
the
whole
Mannor
;
and
if
any
of
the
towneships
or
parts
thereof
lye
dispersed
and
remote
(
as
in
many
places
you
shall
finde
them
perhaps
twentie
miles
distant
,
from
the
chiefe
and
principall
part
of
the
Mannor
;
and
sometimes
in
another
Countie
)
it
were
very
fitting
and
necessarie
,
to
expresse
seuerally
the
seuerall
out-bounders
of
those
towneships
and
parts
.
And
it
is
to
be
noted
,
that
in
the
expressing
of
these
bounders
,
a
maine
and
principall
care
is
to
be
had
,
that
you
vse
,
obserue
,
and
keepe
the
olde
and
ancient
names
of
such
meeres
,
markes
,
and
bounds
,
as
haue
beene
anciently
vsed
and
accustomed
;
for
that
innouation
in
this
kinde
is
very
dangerous
for
many
causes
;
yet
if
you
finde
the
ancient
meeres
,
markes
,
and
bounds
,
to
very
few
and
slender
;
or
any
of
them
decayed
and
worne
out
of
knowledge
,
you
may
adde
as
many
moe
as
in
discretion
you
shal
finde
cause
;
but
by
any
meanes
omit
not
,
or
leaue
out
any
of
those
which
are
ancient
and
noted
bounds
.
If
you
thinke
good
,
these
bounders
may
be
placed
after
,
or
in
the
ende
of
the
booke
;
which
being
no
matter
of
necessitie
whether
(
so
it
bee
had
at
all
)
I
leaue
to
your
discretion
.
And
now
are
you
to
begin
with
the
body
and
substance
of
the
booke
;
and
first
of
all
with
the
Mannor
or
mansion
house
,
and
the
scite
thereof
;
wherein
you
are
to
consider
,
whether
the
same
be
in
the
Lords
owne
hands
and
occupation
;
or
whether
letten
by
Lease
,
or
otherwise
vnto
any
Tenant
or
Tenants
,
and
to
enter
the
same
accordingly
,
as
followeth
vnder
this
Title
.
BRANTON
DEMESNES
.
A
B.
Esquire
is
Lord
of
this
Mannor
,
and
hath
at
this
present
in
his
owne
hands
and
occupation
,
the
Mannor
or
mansion
house
with
the
scite
thereof
;
and
so
much
of
the
demesnes
thereunto
belonging
as
are
hereafter
particularly
expressed
.
Which
Mannor
with
all
and
singuler
the
appurtenances
,
he
holdeth
of
our
Soueraigne
Lord
the
King
,
as
of
his
Mannor
of
G.
in
free
and
common
Socage
,
and
by
the
yeerely
rent
of
xiijs
iiijᵈ
Particulars
.
THe
Mannor
or
mansion
house
called
Branton
Hall
,
being
fairely
built
with
free
stone
,
and
all
offices
thereunto
belonging
,
with
two
Stables
,
one
Oxe-house
,
and
a
Doue-house
;
also
the
scite
consisting
of
three
faire
gardens
,
two
orchards
,
two
courts
,
and
three
out-yards
,
lying
all
together
betweene
the
high
streete
of
Branton
south
,
and
the
Oxe-pasture
hereafter
mentioned
North
;
abutting
East
,
on
Long
meddow
,
and
West
on
the
scite
of
the
Parsonage
.
And
containeth
together
fiue
Acres
,
two
Roodes
,
and
twenty
Perches
.
a.
r.
p.
5-2-20
.
Valet
per
anum
—
xx
li.
Then
next
vnto
the
house
and
scite
,
expresse
the
Parkes
(
if
any
be
)
with
the
number
of
Deere
therein
;
what
number
of
Aunteller
,
and
what
of
rascall
Deere
;
also
what
number
of
beasts
may
bee
therein
Iuisted
without
preiudice
to
the
game
;
and
also
what
pannage
;
and
these
may
you
particularly
aburt
and
bound
as
before
if
neede
require
;
which
is
most
easily
and
speedily
done
,
hauing
before
you
the
rough
plot
of
the
whole
Mannor
,
and
in
the
conclusion
hereof
expresse
the
quantitie
and
yeerely
value
as
before
.
Then
after
these
Parkes
,
enter
particularly
all
such
seuerall
fields
and
closes
of
the
demeanes
,
as
the
Lord
hath
in
his
owne
vse
at
the
time
of
this
Suruey
;
which
you
may
particularly
abutt
and
bound
as
before
,
and
expresse
the
seuerall
quantities
,
and
values
thereof
:
But
herein
for
orders
sake
it
were
fitting
first
to
enter
all
the
meddow
grounds
particularly
each
after
other
,
then
the
inclosed
arable
grounds
,
and
next
the
pastures
;
and
if
any
of
the
demesnes
are
lying
in
the
common
fields
,
then
to
expresse
them
particularly
with
their
quantities
and
values
;
also
you
are
to
expresse
what
woods
the
Lord
hath
;
and
what
right
or
custome
the
Tenants
haue
or
claime
therein
,
either
for
depasturing
or
otherwise
:
and
lastly
,
what
wastes
the
Lord
hath
within
the
Mannor
.
And
at
the
foote
of
this
particular
,
expresse
the
totall
quantitie
and
value
thereof
.
But
it
is
to
be
noted
,
that
all
these
particulars
are
to
be
collected
(
by
help
of
the
numbers
in
your
Index
)
out
of
your
field
booke
for
the
names
,
and
out
of
the
rough
plot
for
the
seuerall
quantities
,
for
that
it
is
needlesse
to
enter
these
lands
which
are
in
the
Lords
hands
into
your
rough
booke
of
entries
;
and
the
like
course
also
is
to
be
holden
for
your
Glebe
lands
.
And
if
any
of
the
Demesne
Lands
are
in
Lease
,
let
them
also
bee
entered
vnder
the
former
Title
,
in
this
manner
.
C.
D.
holdeth
by
Indenture
of
Lease
,
bearing
date
the
twentith
day
of
Ianuary
An.
R.
Regis
Iacobi
&c.
secundo
,
made
&
granted
by
and
from
A.
B.
vnto
the
said
C.
D.
All
those
lands
,
&c.
(
vsing
the
very
words
of
graunt
)
for
the
terme
of
one
and
twentie
yeeres
,
commencing
from
and
after
the
Feast
of
the
Birth
of
our
Lord
God
last
past
,
before
the
date
of
the
same
Lease
,
for
and
by
the
paiment
of
the
yeerely
rent
of
—
xxx
li.
Particular
.
THen
here
enter
the
seuerall
and
particular
Closes
,
which
you
may
abutt
and
bound
,
as
before
,
expressing
the
particular
quantitie
and
value
of
euery
seuerall
Close
,
and
at
the
foot
of
the
particular
expresse
the
totall
quantitie
and
value
,
and
if
the
yeerely
value
exceede
the
rent
reserued
,
deduct
the
rent
from
the
totall
value
,
and
expresse
the
cleere
remainder
,
thus
.
Valet
ad
demittend
.
—
x●
.
And
vnder
this
particular
expresse
a
briefe
memorandum
of
the
seuerall
couenants
,
clauses
,
conditions
,
and
prouisoes
in
the
lease
contayned
,
after
this
manner
.
The
Tenant
is
to
pay
his
rent
quarterly
,
or
within
one
and
twentie
dayes
after
euery
Feast
,
on
payne
of
forfeiture
,
by
prouiso
to
that
purpose
.
He
is
to
doe
all
manner
of
reparations
(
except
great
timber
)
not
to
let
or
set
without
licence
of
the
Lord.
The
Lord
maketh
speciall
warranties
against
his
father
,
himselfe
and
his
heires
,
&c.
And
the
like
course
is
to
be
held
for
all
other
Leases
,
after
the
particulars
expressed
.
And
here
also
vnder
this
title
of
Demesnes
,
are
you
to
enter
all
such
Mills
,
Mines
of
Tinne
,
Leade
,
Copper
,
Cole
,
&c.
also
quarries
of
Stone
,
Slate
,
and
the
like
;
also
Fishing
,
Fowling
,
Hawking
and
Hunting
;
likewise
Iuistments
,
Herbage
,
Pannage
,
free
Warrens
,
customarie
Workes
or
Seruices
,
profits
of
Fayres
and
Markets
,
and
also
mosses
of
Peate
or
Turffe
,
and
the
like
,
as
are
letten
and
Markets
,
and
also
mosses
of
Peate
or
Turffe
,
and
the
like
,
as
are
letten
and
demised
by
the
Lord
,
to
any
Tenants
within
the
Mannor
by
lease
for
yeerely
rent
or
otherwise
:
all
which
(
being
thus
letten
)
are
in
the
nature
of
Demeanes
,
and
are
to
be
particularly
entred
and
expressed
accordingly
,
with
their
seuerall
Rents
and
the
yeerely
values
thereof
.
But
all
of
those
last
mentioned
(
excepting
Mills
)
are
to
be
seuered
and
distinguished
from
the
Demesne
lands
,
because
they
are
not
matters
of
firme
,
stable
,
and
certaine
perpetuitie
:
For
notwithstanding
,
that
during
the
termes
of
the
seuerall
leases
thereof
made
and
granted
,
the
Tenants
may
be
charged
and
bound
to
pay
seuerall
yeerely
rents
for
the
same
,
which
for
the
time
being
are
certaine
;
yet
perhaps
at
the
end
and
expiration
of
those
termes
,
they
may
be
of
little
or
no
value
at
all
;
or
on
the
other
side
of
farre
greater
worth
and
value
then
now
they
are
,
as
often
happeneth
by
those
mines
of
Tinne
,
Leade
,
Copper
,
Coles
,
and
the
like
.
Wherefore
notwithstanding
they
are
entered
vnder
this
generall
title
of
Demesnes
;
yet
for
destinctions
sake
,
let
them
passe
more
particularly
vnder
this
title
of
Casualties
made
certayne
.
And
after
all
these
demesnes
are
thus
entred
and
ingrossed
,
make
a
briefe
conclusion
thereof
vnder-neath
the
same
,
in
this
or
the
like
manner
.
Conclusion
of
the
Demesnes
.
The
Demesnes
of
this
Mannor
,
consisteth
of
-
Lands
,
Tenements
,
&
Mills
in
the
vse
of
-
The
Lord
-
Quantitie
—
1320
a.
—
o
r.
—
o.
p.
-
Value
—
660
li.
—
o
s.
—
o.
d.
-
The
Tenants
-
No.
of
Tenants
—
5.
-
Quantitie
—
163
a.
—
0
r.
—
0.
p.
-
Rent
—
54
li.
—
6
s.
—
8
d.
-
Value
—
81-10-0
.
-
Ad
demitt
.
—
27-3-4
.
-
Casualties
made
certayne
.
-
No.
of
Tenants
—
6.
-
Rent
—
25
li.
—
8
s.
—
6.
d.
-
Value
—
94-18-0
.
-
Ad
demitt
.
—
69-9-6
.
And
after
the
Demesnes
are
thus
entred
and
ingrossed
,
then
next
vnto
it
place
the
Rectorie
or
Parsonage
,
and
then
the
Vicarage
(
if
any
be
)
vnder
the
proper
title
thereunto
belonging
,
after
this
manner
.
The
Rectorie
of
BRANTON
.
A.
B.
Clarke
,
being
Parson
there
,
holdeth
the
Rectorie
of
the
gift
of
the
Lord
of
this
Mannor
(
if
it
be
so
,
and
if
otherwise
,
expresse
it
accordingly
)
who
hath
the
gift
,
nomination
and
presentation
thereof
,
as
in
the
right
of
this
Mannor
,
as
often
as
the
same
shall
happen
to
be
void
,
which
is
valued
in
the
Kings
bookes
per
annum
.
Lvi
●
Particular
.
THe
Parsonage
or
Mansion-house
with
the
out-houses
belonging
thereunto
,
as
a
Barne
,
Stable
,
Oxe-house
,
and
a
Doue-coate
,
with
the
scite
thereof
,
consisting
of
two
Gardens
,
an
Orchard
,
and
three
out-Yards
,
which
lye
together
betweene
the
high
street
of
Branton
South
,
and
a
field
called
the
Oxe-pasture
North
,
abutting
towards
the
East
on
the
scite
of
this
Mannor
,
and
West
on
a
Lane
there
leading
out
of
the
high
street
into
the
Oxe-pasture
aforesaid
,
and
contayneth
together
,
one
Acre
and
three
Roodes
.
1
a.
—
3
r.
—
0.
p.
Valet
per
annum
—
iij
li.
And
in
this
sort
let
euerie
particular
parcell
of
glebe-Land
bee
expressed
with
the
buttes
and
bounds
thereof
,
which
by
helpe
of
the
plot
and
field-Booke
lying
before
you
(
being
directed
thereunto
by
the
numbers
in
your
Index
)
is
instantly
and
exactly
performed
:
For
these
glebe-Lands
;
and
the
Demesnes
which
are
in
the
Lords
hands
,
are
neuer
entred
in
your
rough
Booke
of
entries
.
Wherein
is
alwaies
to
be
obserued
;
that
you
expresse
the
true
quantitie
and
yeerely
value
of
euerie
particular
parcell
;
and
in
the
foot
of
the
particular
,
the
totall
quantitie
and
value
as
before
.
Yet
is
it
not
vsuall
neither
of
these
nor
the
〈◊〉
holds
of
Inheritance
to
expresse
any
value
at
all
;
which
I
will
referre
to
your
owne
discretion
,
and
the
will
and
disposition
of
those
by
whom
you
are
imployed
.
And
in
like
maner
are
you
to
expresse
the
Vicarage
if
any
such
bee
.
And
hauing
thus
finished
your
Parsonage
,
Vicarage
and
glebe-Lands
,
proceede
next
vnto
the
Free-holds
within
this
Towne-shippe
;
which
are
to
bee
entered
and
ingrossed
after
this
order
,
and
vnder
this
title
following
.
BRANTON
Free-holds
.
Socage
.
A.B.
holdeth
freely
to
him
and
his
heires
for
euer
by
deed
indented
bearing
date
xxviij
.
die
Marcij
Anno
Regni
Regis
IACOBI
Angliae
,
&c.
Sexto
made
and
granted
by
and
from
C.
D.
All
that
messuage
or
tenement
(
expressing
the
verie
words
of
grant
)
By
the
yeerely
rents
and
seruices
of
—
Fealtie
&
v.
s.
Particular
.
THe
Mansion
house
,
out-houses
and
the
scite
thereof
consisting
of
one
Garden
,
two
Orchards
and
three
out
yards
,
lying
together
betweene
the
high
street
of
Branton
North
,
and
the
common
field
called
the
South-field
South
;
abutting
Easton
the
Church-yard
,
and
West
on
a
lane
leading
into
the
South
field
.
And
containeth
three
roodes
and
thirtie
perches
.
a.
1.
p.
0.
3.
30.
And
thus
proceed
●●h
euerie
parcell
belonging
to
this
free-holder
;
which
being
finished
,
at
the
foot
of
this
particular
expresse
the
quantitie
and
value
thereof
:
But
as
concerning
the
valuation
of
Free-holds
,
vnlesse
it
be
specially
required
,
by
reason
of
some
purchase
thereof
to
be
made
;
or
a
possibilitie
of
escheat
,
or
the
like
,
you
need
not
trouble
your selfe
therewith
.
And
hauing
perfected
your
particular
,
expresse
vnderneath
the
same
,
a
briefe
Memorandum
of
such
necessarie
obseruations
as
you
shall
find
fitting
,
aswell
concerning
the
Tenants
euidence
,
as
what
Heriots
,
Reliefes
and
other
Duties
and
Seruices
the
Tenant
ought
to
yeld
,
doe
and
performe
vnto
the
Lord
on
euery
death
or
alienation
.
And
in
like
manner
vnder
the
same
Title
●nter
all
other
the
free-holders
within
this
towneship
;
after
which
,
collect
and
expresse
together
their
seuerall
quantities
in
one
totall
summe
,
and
likewise
their
values
(
if
it
bee
required
as
before
:
)
But
in
these
and
all
others
,
as
I
haue
formerly
noted
,
I
would
alwaies
haue
an
orderly
course
holden
in
placing
the
particular
lands
of
one
and
the
same
nature
and
qualitie
together
,
as
first
(
after
the
house
and
scite
)
all
the
meddow
grounds
,
&c.
And
thus
hauing
entered
and
ingrossed
your
free-holds
of
this
towneship
,
let
next
be
entered
your
copyholds
or
customarie
Tenants
,
after
this
manner
,
and
vnder
this
Title
.
BRANTON
Copy-holds
.
A.
B.
holdeth
by
copie
of
Court
roll
,
bearing
date
26
Februarij
Anno
Regni
Regis
Iacobi
Angliae
&c.
4
to
.
of
the
surrender
of
C.
D.
Al
that
messuage
or
tenement
&c.
(
vsing
the
very
words
of
the
Copie
)
to
him
and
his
heyres
at
the
will
of
the
Lord
,
according
to
the
custome
of
the
Mannor
.
For
which
he
paid
Fine
on
his
admittance
viˡⁱ
per
annum
,
—————
.
xlˢ
.
Particular
.
LEt
your
particulars
here
be
entred
in
all
respects
as
b●fore
with
the
seuerall
buts
and
bounds
thereof
,
expressing
the
quantitie
and
value
of
euery
seuerall
parcell
:
and
in
the
foote
of
the
whole
particular
expresse
the
totals
as
before
;
then
out
of
the
totall
value
(
which
admit
to
bee
x
li.
)
deduct
the
Rent
,
and
expresse
the
remainder
thus
.
Valet
in
toto
per
annum
x
li.
Viz.
ad
dimittend
viij
ii
.
Then
vnder
this
particular
thus
perfected
,
make
(
as
before
)
a
briefe
Memorandum
of
such
necessarie
obseruations
as
are
sitting
,
as
what
herio●
(
if
any
be
due
on
the
death
of
the
Tenant
)
what
fines
on
death
or
aliena●●●
;
and
what
other
seruices
the
Tenant
oweth
,
&c.
And
after
this
order
and
vnder
this
title
enter
all
the
rest
of
the
copy-holds
within
this
towneship
.
And
the
like
course
in
all
respects
is
to
bee
holden
in
entrie
of
the
Tenants
for
life
,
or
liues
;
for
terme
of
yeeres
;
and
those
at
the
Will
of
the
Lord
;
whereof
to
make
seuerall
demonstrations
,
and
to
deliuer
seuerall
examples
,
were
but
great
labour
to
smal
purpose
,
seeing
they
tend
all
to
one
and
the
same
end
.
Wherefore
take
this
for
a
briefe
and
generall
rule
,
that
all
lands
whatsoeuer
,
and
the
tenancy
thereof
,
consist
of
one
of
these
seuen
kindes
,
which
in
euery
Mannor
where
they
are
,
are
to
be
vsed
as
your
seuerall
titles
,
and
ought
to
be
placed
in
the
ingrossing
of
your
Booke
,
each
after
other
,
as
here
they
are
expressed
,
viz.
-
1.
Demesnes
.
-
2.
Gleabe-lands
:
-
3.
Free-holds
.
-
4.
Customarie
.
-
5.
For
liues
.
-
6.
For
yeeres
.
-
7.
At
will
.
And
hauing
after
this
forme
and
order
entred
and
ingrossed
the
seuerall
Lands
and
Tenements
,
lying
within
this
Towne-ship
of
BRANTON
,
vnder
the
seuerall
titles
last
before
mentioned
,
collect
your
totall
of
euery
kinde
,
and
in
the
end
of
this
Towne-ship
make
your
conclusion
to
this
or
the
like
purpose
following
.
Conclusion
of
the
Towne-ship
of
BRANTON
.
This
Towne-ship
consisteth
of
-
Demesnes
in
the
vse
of
-
The
Lord
-
Quantitie
—
1320
a.
—
0
r.
—
0.
p.
-
Value
—
660.
li.
—
0
s.
—
0.
d.
-
The
Tenants
-
Lands
-
No.
of
Tenants
—
5.
-
Quantitie-163
a.
—
0
r.
—
0.
p.
-
Rent
—
54
li.
—
6
s.
—
8.
d.
-
Value
—
81
—
10
—
0.
-
Ad
demitt
—
27
—
3
—
4.
-
Casualties
made
certayne
,
-
No.
of
Tenants
—
6.
-
Rent
—
25
li.
—
8
s.
—
6.
d.
-
Value
—
94
—
18
—
0.
-
Ad
demitt
.
—
69
—
9
—
6.
-
Gleabe
lands
Quantitie
—
56
a
—
0-0
.
-
Freeholds
of
inheritance
,
-
No.
Tenants
.
—
7.
-
Quantitie
—
230
a.
—
2
r.
—
0.
p.
-
Rent
—
13.
s.
6
.
d.
—
3.
II.
pepper
.
-
Customarie
lands
,
-
No.
Tenants
.
—
16.
-
Quantitie
—
340
a.
—
3
r.
—
0.
p.
-
Rent
—
17-16-5
.
-
Value
—
152-13-4
.
-
Ad
demitt
.
—
134-16-11
.
-
Tenement
lands
.
-
For
liues
-
No.
Tenants
.
—
12.
-
Quantitie
—
432
a.
—
2
r.
—
0.
p.
-
Rent
—
143
li.
—
6.
s.
—
3.
d.
-
Value
—
220-0-0
.
-
Ad
demitt
.
—
76-13-9
.
-
For
yeeres
-
No.
Tenants
.
—
23.
-
Quantitie
—
624
a.
—
2
r.
—
0.
p.
-
Rent
—
156
li.
—
13
s.
—
9.
d.
-
Value
—
310-18-0
.
-
Ad
demitt
.
—
154-4-3
.
-
At
will
-
No.
Tenants
.
—
8.
-
Quantitie
—
120
a.
—
0
r.
—
0.
p.
-
Rent
—
42
li.
—
5
s.
—
6.
d.
-
Value
—
58-10-0
.
-
Ad
demitt
.
—
16-4-6
.
And
hauing
thus
finished
this
Towne-ship
,
proceede
in
the
like
forme
and
order
in
all
respects
,
with
all
other
the
towneships
and
seuerall
parts
of
and
belonging
to
the
whole
Mannor
,
obseruing
still
after
euery
towneship
and
part
,
to
make
such
or
the
like
conclusion
,
as
is
last
before
specified
;
and
in
the
end
of
all
a
full
and
generall
conclusion
of
the
whole
Mannor
;
not
forgetting
first
to
enter
all
reprises
,
issuing
,
and
going
out
of
the
same
,
which
is
to
be
deducted
out
of
the
whole
value
,
as
is
before
declared
.
And
after
this
conclusion
thus
perfected
,
you
are
to
remember
and
expresse
all
such
necessarie
obseruations
,
as
are
fitting
,
according
to
the
directions
in
that
behalfe
deliuered
,
in
the
latter
end
of
the
11.
Chapter
of
this
Booke
,
and
your
worke
is
finished
.
Now
might
I
here
inlarge
and
amplifie
this
worke
with
many
rules
and
examples
,
tending
to
these
purposes
,
but
presuming
that
what
I
haue
formerly
deliuered
(
being
well
vnderstood
and
practised
)
may
sufficiently
serue
a
reasonable
capacitie
;
I
will
forbeare
to
pester
the
practicioner
in
reading
,
or
my selfe
in
writing
of
needlesse
varieties
;
and
therefore
will
here
conclude
my
labours
,
and
expose
them
to
thy
good
liking
.